OFFICEJET 4500
User Guide
A909
G510
HP Officejet 4500 (G510) All-inOne series
User Guide
Copyright information
Accessibility
© 2009 Copyright Hewlett-Packard
Development Company, L.P.
The device provides a number of
features that make it accessible for
people with disabilities.
Visual
The device software is accessible for
users with visual impairments or low
vision through the use of your operating
system's accessibility options and
features. It also supports most assistive
technology such as screen readers,
Braille readers, and voice-to-text
applications. For users who are color
blind, colored buttons and tabs used in
the software and on the device control
panel have simple text or icon labels
that convey the appropriate action.
Mobility
For users with mobility impairments, the
device software functions can be
executed through keyboard
commands. The software also supports
Windows accessibility options such as
StickyKeys, ToggleKeys, FilterKeys,
and MouseKeys. The device doors,
buttons, paper trays, and paper guides
can be operated by users with limited
strength and reach.
Support
For more details about the accessibility
of this product and HP's commitment to
product accessibility, visit HP's Web
site at www.hp.com/accessibility.
For accessibility information for the Mac
OS X, visit the Apple Web site at
www.apple.com/accessibility.
Hewlett-Packard Company
notices
The information contained in this
document is subject to change without
notice.
All rights reserved. Reproduction,
adaptation, or translation of this
material is prohibited without prior
written permission of Hewlett-Packard,
except as allowed under copyright laws.
The only warranties for HP products
and services are set forth in the express
warranty statements accompanying
such products and services. Nothing
herein should be construed as
constituting an additional warranty. HP
shall not be liable for technical or
editorial errors or omissions contained
herein.
Acknowledgements
Windows, Windows XP, and Windows
Vista are U.S. registered trademarks of
Microsoft Corporation.
ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY
STAR mark are registered U.S. marks.
Safety information
Always follow basic safety precautions
when using this product to reduce risk
of injury from fire or electric shock.
1. Read and understand all instructions
in the documentation that comes with
the device.
2. Use only a grounded electrical outlet
when connecting this product to a
power source. If you do not know
whether the outlet is grounded, check
with a qualified electrician.
3. Observe all warnings and
instructions marked on the product.
4. Unplug this product from wall outlets
before cleaning.
5. Do not install or use this product near
water, or when you are wet.
6. Install the product securely on a
stable surface.
7. Install the product in a protected
location where no one can step on or
trip over the line cord, and the line cord
cannot be damaged.
8. If the product does not operate
normally, see Solve a problem.
9. There are no user-serviceable parts
inside. Refer servicing to qualified
service personnel.
Contents
1
Get started
Accessibility................................................................................................................................9
Eco-Tips....................................................................................................................................10
Understand the device parts.....................................................................................................10
Front view...........................................................................................................................10
Printing supplies area.........................................................................................................11
Back view............................................................................................................................11
Use the product control panel...................................................................................................12
Overview of buttons and lights...........................................................................................12
Change product settings.....................................................................................................13
Select the mode............................................................................................................13
Change product settings...............................................................................................14
Types of messages.............................................................................................................14
Status messages..........................................................................................................14
Warning messages.......................................................................................................14
Error messages............................................................................................................14
Critical error messages.................................................................................................15
Finding the device model number............................................................................................15
Select print media.....................................................................................................................15
Recommended papers for printing and copying.................................................................15
Recommended papers for photo printing...........................................................................16
Tips for selecting and using media.....................................................................................17
Load an original on the scanner glass......................................................................................18
Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF).......................................................18
Load media...............................................................................................................................19
Maintain the device...................................................................................................................21
Clean the scanner glass.....................................................................................................21
Clean the exterior ..............................................................................................................22
Clean the automatic document feeder (ADF) (Some models only)....................................22
Turn off the device....................................................................................................................24
2
Print
Print documents........................................................................................................................25
Print documents (Windows)................................................................................................25
Print documents (Mac OS X)..............................................................................................26
Print brochures.........................................................................................................................26
Print brochures (Windows).................................................................................................26
Print brochures (Mac OS X)................................................................................................27
Print on envelopes....................................................................................................................27
Print on envelopes (Windows)............................................................................................27
Print on envelopes (Mac OS X)..........................................................................................28
Print a Web page......................................................................................................................28
Print a Web page (Windows)..............................................................................................28
Print a Web page (Mac OS X)............................................................................................29
1
Print photos..............................................................................................................................29
Print photos on photo paper (Windows).............................................................................29
Print photos on photo paper (Mac OS X)...........................................................................30
Print on special and custom-sized paper..................................................................................31
Print on special or custom-sized paper (Windows)............................................................31
Print on special or custom-sized paper (Mac OS X)...........................................................32
Print borderless documents......................................................................................................32
Print borderless documents (Windows)..............................................................................33
Print borderless documents (Mac OS X)............................................................................33
3
Scan
Scan an original........................................................................................................................35
Scan an original from the product control panel.................................................................35
Edit a scanned document using optical character recognition (OCR) software.......................36
4
Copy
Copy documents.......................................................................................................................37
Change copy settings...............................................................................................................37
5
Fax
Send a fax................................................................................................................................39
Send a basic fax.................................................................................................................39
Send a fax manually from a phone.....................................................................................40
Send a fax using monitor dialing........................................................................................41
Send a fax from memory....................................................................................................42
Schedule a fax to send later...............................................................................................42
Send a fax to multiple recipients.........................................................................................43
Send a fax in Error Correction Mode..................................................................................43
Receive a fax............................................................................................................................44
Receive a fax manually......................................................................................................44
Set up backup fax...............................................................................................................45
Reprint received faxes from memory..................................................................................46
Poll to receive a fax............................................................................................................46
Forward faxes to another number......................................................................................47
Set the paper size for received faxes.................................................................................47
Set automatic reduction for incoming faxes........................................................................48
Block junk fax numbers......................................................................................................48
Add numbers to the junk fax list...................................................................................49
Remove numbers from the junk fax list........................................................................49
Print a Junk Fax Report................................................................................................49
Receive faxes to your computer (Fax to PC and Fax to Mac)............................................50
Fax to PC and Fax to Mac requirements......................................................................50
Activate Fax to PC and Fax to Mac..............................................................................50
Modify Fax to PC or Fax to Mac settings......................................................................51
Turn off Fax to PC or Fax to Mac.................................................................................51
2
Contents
Change fax settings..................................................................................................................51
Configure the fax header....................................................................................................52
Set the answer mode (Auto answer)..................................................................................52
Set the number of rings before answering..........................................................................52
Change the answer ring pattern for distinctive ring............................................................53
Set the fax error correction mode.......................................................................................53
Set the dial type..................................................................................................................54
Set the redial options..........................................................................................................54
Set the fax speed................................................................................................................54
Set the fax sound volume...................................................................................................55
Fax over Internet Protocol (FoIP).............................................................................................55
Use reports...............................................................................................................................56
Print fax confirmation reports..............................................................................................56
Print fax error reports..........................................................................................................57
Print and view the fax log...................................................................................................57
Clear the fax log.................................................................................................................58
Print the details of the last fax transaction..........................................................................58
Print a Caller ID History Report..........................................................................................59
6
Work with ink cartridges
Information about ink cartridges...............................................................................................60
Check the estimated ink levels.................................................................................................61
Handle the ink cartridges..........................................................................................................62
Replace the ink cartridges........................................................................................................62
Store printing supplies..............................................................................................................66
Advanced ink cartridge maintainance.......................................................................................66
Align the ink cartridges.......................................................................................................66
Clean the ink cartridges......................................................................................................68
7
Solve a problem
HP support................................................................................................................................70
Obtain electronic support....................................................................................................71
HP support by phone..........................................................................................................71
Before you call..............................................................................................................71
Phone support period...................................................................................................72
Telephone support numbers.........................................................................................72
After the phone support period.....................................................................................74
General troubleshooting tips and resources.............................................................................74
Solve printing problems............................................................................................................75
The device shuts down unexpectedly.................................................................................75
Error message appears on control-panel display...............................................................75
Alignment fails....................................................................................................................75
The device is not responding (nothing prints).....................................................................75
Device takes a long time to print........................................................................................76
Blank or partial page printed...............................................................................................76
Something on the page is missing or incorrect...................................................................77
Placement of the text or graphics is wrong.........................................................................77
The device prints half a page, then ejects the paper..........................................................78
3
Poor print quality and unexpected printouts.............................................................................78
Solution 1: Use genuine HP cartridges...............................................................................78
Solution 2: Check the paper...............................................................................................78
Solution 3: Wait a short period of time (if possible)............................................................79
Solution 4: Check the print settings....................................................................................79
Step 1: Check the print quality settings........................................................................80
Step 2: Check the Print in Grayscale setting................................................................80
Solution 5: Check estimated ink levels and replace low or empty ink cartridges...............81
Solution 6: Print and evaluate a diagnostic report and troubleshoot defects......................81
Print Quality Diagnostic Report....................................................................................82
Self-Test Report............................................................................................................87
Solution 7: Clean the ink cartridges....................................................................................89
Solution 8: Align the ink cartridges.....................................................................................89
Solution 9: Replace the problem ink cartridge....................................................................90
Solution 10: Service the product.........................................................................................90
Clean the area around the ink nozzles.....................................................................................91
Solve paper-feed problems......................................................................................................92
Solve copy problems................................................................................................................94
No copy came out...............................................................................................................94
Copies are blank.................................................................................................................94
Documents are missing or faded........................................................................................95
Size is reduced...................................................................................................................95
Copy quality is poor ...........................................................................................................95
Copy defects are apparent.................................................................................................95
The device prints half a page, then ejects the paper..........................................................96
Paper mismatch..................................................................................................................96
Solve scan problems................................................................................................................96
Scanner did nothing............................................................................................................97
Scan takes too long............................................................................................................97
Part of the document did not scan or text is missing..........................................................98
Text cannot be edited.........................................................................................................98
Error messages appear......................................................................................................99
Scanned image quality is poor ..........................................................................................99
Scan defects are apparent...............................................................................................100
Solve fax problems.................................................................................................................100
The fax test failed.............................................................................................................101
Solve wired (Ethernet) network problems (some models only)..............................................113
General network troubleshooting......................................................................................113
Network port created does not match device IP address (Windows)...............................113
4
Contents
Solve wireless problems (some models only)........................................................................114
Basic wireless troubleshooting.........................................................................................114
Advanced wireless troubleshooting..................................................................................114
Step 1: Make sure your computer is connected to your network................................115
Step 2: Make sure that the HP device is connected to your network.........................116
Step 3: Check to see if the firewall software is blocking communication....................117
Step 4: Make sure the HP device is online and ready................................................117
Step 5: Make sure the wireless version of the HP device is set as the default printer
driver (Windows only).................................................................................................118
Step 6: Make sure the HP Network Devices Support service is running (Windows
only)............................................................................................................................118
Add hardware addresses to a wireless access point (WAP)......................................119
Configure your firewall to work with HP devices.....................................................................119
Solve device management problems.....................................................................................121
Embedded Web server cannot be opened.......................................................................121
The EWS is only available in English...............................................................................122
Troubleshoot installation issues.............................................................................................122
Hardware installation suggestions....................................................................................122
Software installation suggestions.....................................................................................123
Understand the Printer Status Report and Self-Test Report..................................................124
Understand the network configuration page (some models only)..........................................126
Clear jams...............................................................................................................................127
Clear paper jams..............................................................................................................127
Avoid paper jams..............................................................................................................128
A Technical information
Warranty information..............................................................................................................130
Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement....................................................................131
Ink cartridge warranty information....................................................................................132
Device specifications..............................................................................................................133
Physical specifications......................................................................................................133
Product features and capacities.......................................................................................133
Processor and memory specifications..............................................................................133
System requirements........................................................................................................134
Network protocol specifications (Some models only).......................................................134
Embedded Web server specifications (some models only)..............................................135
Media specifications.........................................................................................................135
Understand supported sizes.......................................................................................135
Understand supported media types and weights.......................................................137
Set minimum margins.................................................................................................138
Guidelines for two-sided (duplex) printing............................................................139
Print resolution..................................................................................................................139
Print specifications............................................................................................................139
Copy specifications...........................................................................................................139
Fax specifications.............................................................................................................140
Scan specifications...........................................................................................................141
Operating environment.....................................................................................................141
Electrical requirements.....................................................................................................141
Acoustic emission specification........................................................................................141
5
Regulatory information...........................................................................................................142
FCC statement..................................................................................................................143
Notice to users in Korea...................................................................................................143
VCCI (Class B) compliance statement for users in Japan................................................143
Notice to users in Japan about the power cord................................................................144
Noise emission statement for Germany...........................................................................144
LED indicator statement...................................................................................................144
Notice to users of the U.S. telephone network: FCC requirements..................................145
Notice to users of the Canadian telephone network.........................................................145
Notice to users in the European Economic Area..............................................................147
Notice to users of the German telephone network...........................................................147
Australia wired fax statement...........................................................................................147
Regulatory information for wireless products...................................................................147
Exposure to radio frequency radiation........................................................................148
Notice to users in Brazil..............................................................................................148
Notice to users in Canada..........................................................................................148
Notice to users in Taiwan...........................................................................................148
European Union regulatory notice..............................................................................149
Regulatory model number................................................................................................149
Declaration of conformity..................................................................................................150
Environmental product stewardship program.........................................................................152
Paper use.........................................................................................................................152
Plastics.............................................................................................................................152
Material safety data sheets...............................................................................................152
Recycling program............................................................................................................152
HP inkjet supplies recycling program...............................................................................152
Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in the European
Union................................................................................................................................153
Power consumption..........................................................................................................153
Chemical Substances.......................................................................................................154
RoHS notices (China only)...............................................................................................154
Third-party licenses................................................................................................................155
HP Officejet 4500 Desktop...............................................................................................156
HP Officejet 4500.............................................................................................................159
HP Officejet 4500 Wireless...............................................................................................166
B HP supplies and accessories
Order printing supplies online.................................................................................................173
Supplies..................................................................................................................................173
Supported ink cartridges...................................................................................................173
HP media..........................................................................................................................174
6
Contents
C Additional fax setup
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)..................................................................................175
Choose the correct fax setup for your home or office.......................................................176
Case A: Separate fax line (no voice calls received).........................................................178
Case B: Set up the device with DSL.................................................................................179
Case C: Set up the device with a PBX phone system or an ISDN line............................180
Case D: Fax with a distinctive ring service on the same line............................................180
Case E: Shared voice/fax line..........................................................................................181
Case F: Shared voice/fax line with voice mail..................................................................182
Case G: Fax line shared with computer modem (no voice calls received).......................183
Set up the device with a computer dial-up modem.....................................................184
Set up the device with a computer DSL/ADSL modem..............................................185
Case H: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem......................................................186
Shared voice/fax with computer dial-up modem.........................................................186
Shared voice/fax with computer DSL/ADSL modem..................................................188
Case I: Shared voice/fax line with answering machine....................................................189
Case J: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem and answering machine................190
Shared voice/fax line with computer dial-up modem and answering machine...........191
Shared voice/fax line with computer DSL/ADSL modem and answering
machine......................................................................................................................193
Case K: Shared voice/fax line with computer dial-up modem and voice mail..................194
Serial-type fax setup...............................................................................................................196
Test fax setup.........................................................................................................................197
D Network setup (some models only)
Change basic network settings...............................................................................................198
View and print network settings........................................................................................198
Turn the wireless radio on and off (some models only)....................................................198
Change advanced network settings.......................................................................................198
Set link speed...................................................................................................................199
To View IP settings...........................................................................................................199
To Change IP settings......................................................................................................199
Set up the device for wireless communication (some models only).......................................200
Understand 802.11 wireless network settings..................................................................200
To set up wireless communication using the device control panel with wireless setup
wizard...............................................................................................................................201
To set up wireless communication using the installer (Windows)....................................202
To set up wireless communication using the installer (Mac OS X)...................................202
Connect the device using an ad hoc wireless network connection..................................202
To turn off wireless communication..................................................................................203
To print a wireless test page.............................................................................................203
Reset wireless settings.....................................................................................................203
Change the connection method........................................................................................203
Guidelines for ensuring wireless network security............................................................204
To add hardware addresses to a WAP.......................................................................204
Other guidelines.........................................................................................................204
Guidelines for reducing interference on a wireless network.............................................204
Uninstall and reinstall the software.........................................................................................204
E
Device management tools
Toolbox (Windows).................................................................................................................207
7
Use the HP Solution Center (Windows).................................................................................207
HP Utility (Mac OS X).............................................................................................................207
Embedded Web server (some models only)..........................................................................208
F
Errors (Windows)
Fax Memory Full.....................................................................................................................210
Device Disconnected..............................................................................................................210
Ink Alert...................................................................................................................................210
Cartridge Problem..................................................................................................................211
Solution 1: Install the ink cartridges correctly...................................................................211
Solution 2: Turn the product off and on............................................................................213
Solution 3: Clean the electrical contacts...........................................................................213
Solution 4: Replace the ink cartridge................................................................................213
Paper Mismatch......................................................................................................................213
The cartridge cradle cannot move..........................................................................................213
Paper Jam..............................................................................................................................213
Paper Jam..............................................................................................................................213
The printer is out of paper......................................................................................................214
Printer Offline..........................................................................................................................214
Printer Paused........................................................................................................................214
Document failed to print..........................................................................................................214
General printer error...............................................................................................................214
Align cartridge.........................................................................................................................215
Index............................................................................................................................................216
8
1
Get started
This guide provides details about how to use the device and to resolve problems.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Accessibility
Eco-Tips
Understand the device parts
Use the product control panel
Finding the device model number
Select print media
Load an original on the scanner glass
Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF)
Load media
Maintain the device
Turn off the device
NOTE: If you are using the device with a computer running Windows XP Starter
Edition, Windows Vista Starter Edition, or Windows 7 Starter Edition, some features
might not be available. For more information, see Operating system compatibility.
Accessibility
The device provides a number of features that make it accessible for people with
disabilities.
Visual
The device software is accessible for users with visual impairments or low vision through
the use of your operating system's accessibility options and features. It also supports
most assistive technology such as screen readers, Braille readers, and voice-to-text
applications. For users who are color blind, colored buttons and tabs used in the software
and on the device control panel have simple text or icon labels that convey the appropriate
action.
Mobility
For users with mobility impairments, the device software functions can be executed
through keyboard commands. The software also supports Windows accessibility options
such as StickyKeys, ToggleKeys, FilterKeys, and MouseKeys. The device doors, buttons,
paper trays, and paper guides can be operated by users with limited strength and reach.
Support
For more details about the accessibility of this product and HP's commitment to product
accessibility, visit HP's Web site at www.hp.com/accessibility.
For accessibility information for Mac OS X, visit the Apple Web site at www.apple.com/
accessibility.
Get started
9
Chapter 1
Eco-Tips
HP is committed to helping customers reduce their environmental footprint. HP has
provided the Eco-Tips below to help you focus on ways to assess and reduce the impact
of your printing choices. In addition to specific features in this product, please visit the HP
Eco Solutions Web site for more information on HP's environmental initiatives.
www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/
•
Duplex printing: Use Paper-saving Printing to print two-sided documents with
multiple pages on same sheet to reduce paper usage. For more information, see
Two-sided printing (duplexing).
Smart Web printing (Windows): The HP Smart Web Printing interface includes a
Clip Book and Edit Clips window where you can store, organize, or print clips you
have gathered from the Web. For more information, see Print a Web page.
Energy Savings Information: To determine the ENERGY STAR® qualification
status for this product, see Power consumption.
Recycled Materials: For more information regarding recycling of HP products,
please visit:
www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/recycle/
•
•
•
Understand the device parts
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
Front view
Printing supplies area
Back view
Front view
HP Officejet 4500 / HP Officejet 4500 Wireless
10
Get started
HP Officejet 4500 Desktop
1
Control panel
2
Main tray
3
Cartridge access door
4
Scanner glass
5
Automatic document feeder
6
Scanner lid
Printing supplies area
HP Officejet 4500 / HP Officejet 4500 Wireless
1
Cartridge access door
2
Ink cartridges
HP Officejet 4500 Desktop
Back view
HP Officejet 4500 / HP Officejet 4500 Wireless
1
Universal serial bus (USB) port
2
Ethernet port (HP Officejet 4500 only)
3
Power input
HP Officejet 4500 Desktop
Understand the device parts
11
Chapter 1
(continued)
4
1-LINE (fax)
5
2-EXT (phone)
Use the product control panel
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
Overview of buttons and lights
Change product settings
Types of messages
Overview of buttons and lights
The following diagram and related table provide a quick reference to the device control
panel features.
Label
Name and Description
1
Wireless button (HP Officejet 4500 Wireless): Turns the 802.11 wireless feature on or off. The
button is lit when the wireless feature is on.
2
Keypad: Enters values.
3
Attention light: Indicates an error condition.
4
Back button: Reverts back to its previous setting or upper level menu.
5
Left arrow button: Navigates forward through settings in the menus.
6
OK button: Selects the current menu or setting.
7
Right arrow button: Navigates in reverse through settings in the menus.
8
Setup: Presents the Setup menu for generating reports and other maintenance settings, and
for accessing the Help menu. The topic that you select from the Help menu opens a help window
on your computer screen.
9
Start: Initiates a copy, fax, or scan job. Pressing Start processes the job according to the function
selected.
10
Cancel: Stops a job, exits a menu, or exits settings.
12
Get started
(continued)
Label
Name and Description
11
Scan function indicator
12
Copy Color function indicator
13
Copy B&W function indicator
14
Fax Color function indicator
15
Fax B&W function indicator
16
Power: Turns the device on or off. The Power button is lit when the device is on. The light blinks
while performing a job.
When the device is turned off, a minimal amount of power is still supplied. To completely
disconnect the power supply, turn the device off, and then unplug the power cord.
Change product settings
You use the control panel to change the product’s mode and settings, print reports, or
get help for the product.
TIP: If the product is connected to a computer, you can also change the product
settings using software tools available on your computer, such as the Toolbox
(Windows), the HP Utility (Mac OS X), or the embedded Web server (EWS). For more
information about these tools, see Device management tools.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Select the mode
Change product settings
Select the mode
The mode indicator arrow on the control panel shows the mode currently selected for the
product.
NOTE: After selecting a mode and changing settings, press
start the job.
(Start button) to
To select a different mode
Press left arrow
or right arrow
to select the desired mode, and then press OK.
Use the product control panel
13
Chapter 1
To change settings for a mode
1. After selecting a mode, press the arrow buttons to scroll through the available settings
available, and then press OK to select the setting you want to change.
2. Press the arrow buttons to change the settings, and then press OK.
NOTE: Use the left arrow
entry on the display.
button or
button when you want to delete an incorrect
Change product settings
To change the product settings or print reports, use the options available in the Setup
menu:
1. Press the (Setup) button
2. Press the arrow buttons to scroll through the menus.
3. Press OK to select menus or options.
NOTE: Use the left arrow
entry on the display.
button or
button when you want to delete an incorrect
Types of messages
While using the product, messages will appear on the control panel display. These
messages provide information about the product's activity. While some types of
messages just provide information about the product's status, other types of messages
might require that you take the appropriate action (often specified in the message itself)
before the product can continue functioning.
Status messages
Status messages reflect the current state of the device. They inform you of normal
operation and require no action to clear them. They change as the state of the device
changes. Whenever the device is ready, not busy, and has no pending warning
messages, the status message READY appears if the device is turned on.
Warning messages
Warning messages inform you of events that require your attention, but they do not
prevent the device from operating. An example of a warning message is a low ink warning.
These messages appear until you resolve the condition.
Error messages
Error messages communicate that some action must be performed, such as adding
media or clearing a media jam. These messages are usually accompanied by a blinking
red Attention light. Take the appropriate action to continue printing.
If the error message shows an error code, press the Power button to turn off the device,
and then turn it on again. In most situations, this action solves the problem. If the message
persists, your device might need service. For more information, see Solve a problem.
14
Get started
Critical error messages
Critical error messages inform you of a device failure. Some of these messages can be
cleared by pressing the Power button to turn off the device, and then turning it on again.
If a critical error persists, service is required. For more information, see Solve a
problem.
Finding the device model number
In addition to the model name that appears on the front of the device, this device has a
specific model number. You can use this number to help determine which supplies or
accessories are available for your product, as well as when obtaining support.
The model number is printed on a label located inside the device, near the ink cartridges
area.
Select print media
The device is designed to work well with most types of office media. It is best to test a
variety of print media types before buying large quantities. Use HP media for optimum
print quality. Visit the HP Web site at www.hp.com for more information about HP media.
HP recommends plain papers with the ColorLok logo for printing
and copying of everyday documents. All papers with the ColorLok
logo are independently tested to meet high standards of reliability
and print quality, and produce documents with crisp, vivid color,
bolder blacks & dry faster than ordinary plain papers. Look for
papers with the ColorLok logo in a variety of weights and sizes
from major paper manufacturers.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
Recommended papers for printing and copying
Recommended papers for photo printing
Tips for selecting and using media
Recommended papers for printing and copying
If you want the best print quality, HP recommends using HP papers that are specifically
designed for the type of project you are printing.
Depending on your country/region, some of these papers might not be available.
HP Brochure Paper
HP Superior Inkjet
Paper
HP Bright White Inkjet
Paper
These papers are glossy-coated or matte-coated on both sides for twosided use. They are the perfect choice for near-photographic
reproductions and business graphics for report covers, special
presentations, brochures, mailers, and calendars.
HP Bright White Inkjet Paper delivers high-contrast colors and sharp
text. It is opaque enough for two-sided color usage with no showthrough, which makes it ideal for newsletters, reports, and flyers. It
features ColorLok Technology for less smearing, bolder blacks and
vivid colors.
Select print media
15
Chapter 1
(continued)
HP Printing Paper
HP Printing Paper is a high-quality multifunction paper. It produces
documents that look and feel more substantial than documents printed
on standard multipurpose or copy paper. It features ColorLok
Technology for less smearing, bolder blacks and vivid colors. It is acidfree for longer lasting documents.
HP Office Paper
HP Office Paper is a high-quality multifunction paper. It is suitable for
copies, drafts, memos and other everyday documents. It features
ColorLok Technology for less smearing, bolder blacks and vivid colors.
It is acid-free for longer lasting documents
HP Office Recycled
Paper
HP Office Recycled Paper is a high-quality multifunction paper made
with 30% recycled fiber. It features ColorLok Technology for less
smearing, bolder blacks and vivid colors. It is acid-free for longer lasting
documents.
HP Premium
Presentation Paper
These papers are heavy two-sided matte papers perfect for
presentation, proposals, reports and newsletters. They are
heavyweight for an impressive look and feel.
HP Professional Paper
HP Premium Inkjet
Transparency Film
HP Premium Inkjet Transparency Film makes your color presentations
vivid and even more impressive. This film is easy to use and handle and
dries quickly without smudging.
HP Advanced Photo
Paper
This thick photo paper features an instant-dry finish for easy handling
without smudging. It resists water, smears, fingerprints, and humidity.
Your prints have a look and feel comparable to a store processed photo.
It is available in several sizes, including A4, 8.5 x 11 inch, 10 x 15 cm
(4 x 6 inch), 13x18 cm (5 x7 inch) and two finishes – glossy or soft gloss
(satin matte). It is acid-free for longer lasting documents.
HP Everyday Photo
Paper
Print colorful, everyday snapshots at a low cost, using paper designed
for casual photo printing. This affordable, photo paper dries quickly for
easy handling. Get sharp, crisp images when you use this paper with
any inkjet printer. Available in semi-gloss finish in 8.5 x11 inch, A4, 4 x
6 inch and 10 x 15 cm. It is acid-free for longer lasting documents.
HP Iron-On Transfers
HP Iron-on Transfers (for color fabrics or for light or white fabrics) are
the ideal solution for creating custom T-shirts from your digital photos.
To order HP papers and other supplies, go to www.hp.com/buy/supplies. If prompted,
choose your country/region, follow the prompts to select your product, and then click one
of the shopping links on the page.
NOTE: At this time, some portions of the HP Web site are available in English only.
HP Photo Value Packs:
HP Photo Value Packs conveniently package Original HP ink cartridges and HP
Advanced Photo Paper to save you time and take the guesswork out of printing affordable
professional photos with your HP printer. Original HP inks and HP Advanced Photo Paper
have been designed to work together so your photos are long lasting and vivid, print after
print. Great for printing out an entire vacation’s worth of photos or multiple prints to share.
Recommended papers for photo printing
If you want the best print quality, HP recommends using HP papers that are specifically
designed for the type of project you are printing.
16
Get started
Depending on your country/region, some of these papers might not be available.
HP Advanced Photo Paper
This thick photo paper features an instant-dry finish for easy handling without smudging.
It resists water, smears, fingerprints, and humidity. Your prints have a look and feel
comparable to a store processed photo. It is available in several sizes, including A4, 8.5
x 11 inch, 10 x 15 cm (4 x 6 inch), 13 x 18 cm (5 x 7 inch) and two finishes – glossy or
soft gloss (satin matte). It is acid-free for longer lasting documents.
HP Everyday Photo Paper
Print colorful, everyday snapshots at a low cost, using paper designed for casual photo
printing. This affordable, photo paper dries quickly for easy handling. Get sharp, crisp
images when you use this paper with any inkjet printer. Available in semi-gloss finish in
8.5 x 11 inch, A4, 4 x 6 inch and 10 x 15 cm. It is acid-free for longer lasting documents.
HP Photo Value Packs:
HP Photo Value Packs conveniently package Original HP ink cartridges and HP
Advanced Photo Paper to save you time and take the guesswork out of printing affordable
professional photos with your HP printer. Original HP inks and HP Advanced Photo Paper
have been designed to work together so your photos are long lasting and vivid, print after
print. Great for printing out an entire vacation’s worth of photos or multiple prints to share.
To order HP papers and other supplies, go to www.hp.com/buy/supplies. If prompted,
choose your country/region, follow the prompts to select your product, and then click one
of the shopping links on the page.
NOTE: At this time, some portions of the HP Web site are available in English only.
Tips for selecting and using media
For the best results, observe the following guidelines.
•
•
•
•
•
Always use media that conforms to the device specifications. For more information,
see Media specifications.
Load only one type of media at a time into a tray or automatic document feeder (ADF)
(some models only).
When loading the trays and ADF (some models only), make sure the media is properly
loaded. For more information, see Load media or Load an original in the automatic
document feeder (ADF).
Do not overload the tray or ADF (some models only). For more information, see Media
specifications.
To prevent jams, poor print quality, and other printing problems, avoid loading the
following media in the trays or ADF (some models only):
◦ Multipart forms
◦ Media that is damaged, curled, or wrinkled
◦ Media with cutouts or perforations
◦ Media that is heavily textured, embossed, or does not accept ink well
Select print media
17
Chapter 1
◦
◦
Media that is too lightweight or stretches easily
Media that contains staples or clips
NOTE: To scan, copy, or fax documents that contain pages that do not conform
to these guidelines, use the scanner glass. For more information, see Load an
original on the scanner glass.
Load an original on the scanner glass
You can copy, scan, or fax up to letter- or A4-size originals by loading them on the glass.
NOTE: Many of the special features will not work correctly if the glass and lid backing
are not clean. For more information, see Maintain the device.
To load an original on the scanner glass
1. Lift the scanner lid.
2. Load your original print side down.
TIP: For more help on loading an original, refer to the engraved guides along the
edge of the glass.
3. Close the lid.
Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF)
NOTE: The ADF is available for some models only.
18
Get started
You can copy, scan, or fax a one-sided, single- or multiple-page, A4- or letter-size
document by placing it in the document feeder tray.
CAUTION: Do not load photos in the ADF; this might cause damage to your photos.
NOTE: Two-sided legal-size documents cannot be scanned, copied, or faxed using
the ADF.
NOTE: Some features, such as the Fit to Page copy feature, do not work when you
load your originals in the ADF. You must load your originals on the glass.
The document feeder tray holds a maximum of 50 sheets of plain paper.
To load an original in the document feeder tray
1. Load your original, with the print side up, into the document feeder tray. Place the
pages so that the top edge of the document goes in first. Slide the media into the
automatic document feeder until you hear a beep or see a message on the display
indicating that the loaded pages were detected.
TIP: For more help on loading originals in the automatic document feeder, refer
to the diagram engraved in the document feeder tray.
2. Slide the width guides inward until they stop at the left and right edges of the media.
NOTE: Remove all originals from the document feeder tray before lifting the lid on
the device.
Load media
This section provides instructions for loading media into the device.
Load media
19
Chapter 1
To load media
1. Pull out the tray extender.
2. Insert the media print-side down along the right of the main tray. Make sure the stack
of media aligns with the right and back edges of the tray, and does not exceed the
line marking in the tray.
NOTE: Do not load paper while the device is printing.
•
Envelopes: Load envelopes with the flaps facing up to the right or the back of
the tray. Depending on the type of envelope you are loading, the flap hinge should
be on the left or towards the back of the tray.
• Photo paper: If the photo paper has a tab along one edge, make sure the tab is
pointing towards the back of the product.
• Transparencies: Insert transparencies with the rough side down and the
adhesive strip pointing towards the back of the product.
• Custom-sized media: Use only custom-sized media that is supported by the
device. For more information, see Media specifications.
3. Slide the media guides in the tray to adjust them for the media size that you have
loaded.
20
Get started
Maintain the device
This section provides instructions for keeping the device in top working condition. Perform
these maintenance procedures as necessary.
•
•
•
Clean the scanner glass
Clean the exterior
Clean the automatic document feeder (ADF) (Some models only)
Clean the scanner glass
NOTE: Dust or dirt on the scanner glass, scanner lid backing, or scanner frame can
slow down performance, degrade the quality of scans, and affect the accuracy of
special features such as fitting copies to a certain page size.
To clean the scanner glass
1. Turn off the device.
2. Lift the scanner lid.
3. Clean the glass by using a soft, lint-free cloth that has been sprayed with a mild glass
cleaner. Dry the glass with a dry, soft, lint-free cloth.
CAUTION: Use only glass cleaner to clean the scanner glass. Avoid cleaners
that contain abrasives, acetone, benzene, and carbon tetrachloride, all of which
can damage the scanner glass. Avoid isopropyl alcohol because it can leave
streaks on the glass.
CAUTION: Do not spray the glass cleaner directly on the glass. If too much glass
cleaner is applied, the cleaner could leak under the glass and damage the
scanner.
4. Close the scanner lid, and turn on the device.
Maintain the device
21
Chapter 1
Clean the exterior
WARNING! Before cleaning the device, turn off the power and unplug the power
cord from the electrical socket.
Use a soft, damp, lint-free cloth to wipe dust, smudges, and stains off of the case. The
exterior of the device does not require cleaning. Keep fluids away from the interior of the
device, as well as from the device control panel.
Clean the automatic document feeder (ADF) (Some models only)
NOTE: The ADF is available for some models only.
If the automatic document feeder picks up multiple pages or if it does not pick up plain
paper, you can clean the rollers and separator pad. Lift the automatic document feeder
cover to access the pick assembly inside the automatic document feeder, clean the rollers
or separator pad, and then close the cover.
If you have lines or dust appearing on scanned documents or faxes, clean the plastic strip
in the ADF.
To clean the rollers or separator pad
1. Remove all originals from the document feeder tray.
2. Lift the automatic document feeder cover (1).
This provides easy access to the rollers (2) and separator pad (3), as shown below.
1
Automatic document feeder cover
2
Rollers
3
Separator pad
3. Lightly dampen a clean lint-free cloth with distilled water, then squeeze any excess
liquid from the cloth.
22
Get started
4. Use the damp cloth to wipe any residue off the rollers or separator pad.
NOTE: If the residue does not come off using distilled water, try using isopropyl
(rubbing) alcohol.
5. Close the cover of the automatic document feeder.
To clean the plastic strip inside the automatic document feeder
1. Turn off the device and unplug the power cord.
NOTE: Depending how long the device is unplugged, the date and time might
be erased. You might need to reset the date and time later, when you plug the
power cord back in.
2. Lift the cover of the automatic document feeder until it stops, and then gently pry the
cover to release the catch.
3. Continue lifting the automatic document feeder cover to the vertical position.
Maintain the device
23
Chapter 1
4. Lift the automatic document feeder mechanism.
5. Clean the plastic strip with a soft cloth or sponge slightly moistened with a nonabrasive
glass cleaner.
CAUTION: Do not use abrasives, acetone, benzene, or carbon tetrachloride on
the plastic strip, since they can damage it. Do not place or spray liquid directly on
the plastic strip. The liquid might seep under the glass and damage the device.
6. Gently lower the automatic document feeder mechanism to avoid dislodging the
plastic strip, and then close the cover of the automatic document feeder.
7. Plug in the power cord, and then turn on the device.
NOTE: If you still see dust or lines on scans after cleaning the plastic strip, you
may need to order a new plastic strip. For more information, see Solve a
problem.
Turn off the device
Turn off the product by pressing the
(power) button located on the product. Wait until
the power light turns off before unplugging the power cord or turning off a power strip. If
you improperly turn off the product, the print carriage might not return to the correct
position causing problems with the ink cartridges and print quality issues.
24
Get started
2
Print
Most print settings are automatically handled by the software application. You need to
change the settings manually only when you want to change print quality, print on specific
types of paper, or use special features. For more information about selecting the best
print media for your documents, see Select print media.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Print documents
Print brochures
Print on envelopes
Print a Web page
Print photos
Print on special and custom-sized paper
Print borderless documents
Print documents
NOTE: With certain types of paper, you can print on both sides of a sheet of paper
(called “two-sided printing” or “duplex printing”). For more information, see Two-sided
printing (duplexing).
Follow the instructions for your operating system.
•
•
Print documents (Windows)
Print documents (Mac OS X)
Print documents (Windows)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.
On the File menu in your software application, click Print.
Select the product you want to print to.
If you need to change settings, click the button that opens the Properties dialog box.
Depending on your software application, this button might be called Properties,
Options, Printer Setup, Printer, or Preferences.
5. Click a type of print task in the Printing Shortcuts list. The preset default settings for
the shortcuts are displayed.
6. If you change any settings on the Printing Shortcuts tab, you can save your custom
settings as a new printing shortcut:
a. Select the shortcut, and then click Save As.
b. To delete a shortcut, select the shortcut, and then click Delete.
TIP: You can change more options for the print job by using the features
available on the other tabs in the dialog box.
7. Click OK.
8. Click Print or OK to begin printing.
Print
25
Chapter 2
Print documents (Mac OS X)
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.
2. If you are using Mac OS X (v10.4), complete the following steps:
a. From the File menu in your software application, choose Page Setup.
b. Choose the desired printer in the Format for pop-up menu.
c. Specify the page attributes, such as the paper size, orientation, and scaling.
d. Click OK.
3. From the File menu in your software application, choose Print.
4. Make sure the product you want to use is selected.
5. Change the print settings for the option provided in the pop-up menus, as appropriate
for your project.
NOTE: If your computer is using Mac OS X (v10.5), click the blue disclosure
triangle next to the Printer selection to access these options.
6. Click Print to begin printing.
Print brochures
Follow the instructions for your operating system.
NOTE: To set print settings for all print jobs, make the changes in the printer driver.
For more information about the features of the Windows printer driver, see the online
help for the driver. For more information about printing from a specific application, see
the documentation that came with the application.
•
•
Print brochures (Windows)
Print brochures (Mac OS X)
Print brochures (Windows)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.
On the File menu in your software application, click Print.
Select the product you want to print to.
If you need to change settings, click the button that opens the Properties dialog box.
Depending on your software application, this button might be called Properties,
Options, Printer Setup, Printer, or Preferences.
5. Select Brochure Printing – Borderless in the Printing Shortcuts list. The default
settings are displayed.
6. Change any other print settings.
TIP: You can change more options for the print job by using the features
available on the other tabs in the dialog box.
7. Click Print to begin printing.
26
Print
Print brochures (Mac OS X)
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.
2. If you are using Mac OS X (v10.4), complete the following steps:
a. From the File menu in your software application, choose Page Setup.
b. Choose the desired printer in the Format for pop-up menu.
c. Specify the page attributes, such as the paper size, orientation, and scaling.
d. Click OK.
3. From the File menu in your software application, choose Print.
4. Make sure the product you want to use is selected.
5. Choose Paper Type/Quality from the pop-up menu (located below the Orientation
setting in Mac OS X v10.5), and then choose the following settings:
• Paper Type: the appropriate brochure paper type
• Quality: Normal or Best
NOTE: If your computer is using Mac OS X (v10.5), click the blue disclosure
triangle next to the Printer selection to access these options.
6. Select any other print settings that you want, and then click Print to begin printing.
Print on envelopes
When choosing envelopes, avoid envelopes that have a very slick finish, self-stick
adhesives, clasps, or windows. Also, avoid envelopes with thick, irregular, or curled
edges, or areas that are wrinkled, torn, or otherwise damaged.
Make sure the envelopes you load in the product are tightly constructed and that the folds
are sharply creased.
NOTE: For more information about printing on envelopes, see the documentation
available with the software program you are using.
Follow the instructions for your operating system.
•
•
Print on envelopes (Windows)
Print on envelopes (Mac OS X)
Print on envelopes (Windows)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.
On the File menu in your software application, click Print.
Select the product you want to print to.
If you need to change settings, click the button that opens the Properties dialog box.
Depending on your software application, this button might be called Properties,
Options, Printer Setup, Printer, or Preferences.
5. On the Features tab, change the orientation to Landscape.
Print on envelopes
27
Chapter 2
6. In the Basic Options area, from the Size drop-down list, select More. Then, select
the appropriate envelope type.
TIP: You can change more options for the print job by using the features
available on the other tabs in the dialog box.
7. Click OK, and then click Print or OK to begin printing.
Print on envelopes (Mac OS X)
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.
2. If you are using Mac OS X (v10.4), complete the following steps:
a. From the File menu in your software application, choose Page Setup.
b. Choose the desired printer in the Page Setup pop-up menu.
c. Select one of the landscape, or horizontal, Orientation options.
d. Click OK.
3. From the File menu in your software application, choose Print.
4. Make sure the product you want to use is selected.
5. If you are using Mac OS X (v10.5), complete the following steps:
• Choose the appropriate envelope size in the Paper Size pop-up menu.
• Select the landscape, or horizontal, Orientation option.
NOTE: If your computer is using Mac OS X (v10.5), click the blue disclosure
triangle next to the Printer selection to access these options.
6. Select any other print settings that you want, and then click Print to begin printing.
Print a Web page
TIP: To print Web pages correctly, you might need to set your print orientation to
Landscape.
If you are using a computer running Windows and Internet Explorer 6.0 or higher for Web
browsing, you can use HP Smart Web Printing to ensure simple, predictable web printing
with control over what you want and how you want it printed. You can access HP Smart
Web Printing from the toolbar in Internet Explorer. For more information about HP Smart
Web Printing, see the help file provided with it.
NOTE: With certain types of paper, you can print on both sides of a sheet of paper
(called “two-sided printing” or “duplex printing”). For more information, see Two-sided
printing (duplexing).
Follow the instructions for your operating system.
•
•
Print a Web page (Windows)
Print a Web page (Mac OS X)
Print a Web page (Windows)
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.
2. On the File menu in your software application, click Print.
28
Print
3. Select the product you want to print to.
4. If your Web browser supports it, select the items on the Web page that you want to
include in the printout.
For example, in Internet Explorer, click the Options tab to select options such as As
laid out on screen, Only the selected frame, and Print all linked documents.
5. Click Print or OK to begin printing.
Print a Web page (Mac OS X)
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.
2. If you are using Mac OS X (v10.4), complete the following steps:
a. From the File menu in your software application, choose Page Setup.
b. Choose the desired printer in the Format for pop-up menu.
c. Specify the page attributes, such as the paper size, orientation, and scaling.
d. Click OK.
3. From the File menu in your software application, choose Print.
4. Make sure the product you want to use is selected.
5. Some Web browsers include special options for printing Web pages. If available,
choose the option for your Web browser from the pop-up menu in the Print dialog
(located below the Orientation setting in Mac OS X v10.5). For more information,
see the documentation provided with your Web browser.
NOTE: If your computer is using Mac OS X (v10.5), click the blue disclosure
triangle next to the Printer selection to access these options.
6. Select any other print settings that you want, and then click Print to begin printing.
Print photos
Do not leave unused photo paper in the input tray. The paper might start to curl, which
could reduce the quality of your printout. Photo paper should be flat before printing.
Follow the instructions for your operating system.
•
•
Print photos on photo paper (Windows)
Print photos on photo paper (Mac OS X)
Print photos on photo paper (Windows)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.
On the File menu in your software application, click Print.
Select the product you want to print to.
If you need to change settings, click the button that opens the Properties dialog box.
Depending on your software application, this button might be called Properties,
Options, Printer Setup, Printer, or Preferences.
Print photos
29
Chapter 2
5. Click Photo Printing – Borderless or Photo Printing with white borders in the
Printing Shortcuts list. The default settings are displayed.
NOTE: To achieve the highest dpi resolution, you can use the Maximum dpi
setting with supported types of photo paper. If Maximum dpi is not listed in the
Print quality drop-down list, you can enable it from the Advanced tab.
6. If you change any settings on the Printing Shortcuts tab, you can save your custom
settings as a new printing shortcut:
• Select the shortcut, and then click Save As.
• To delete a shortcut, select the shortcut, and then click Delete.
TIP: You can change more options for the print job by using the features
available on the other tabs in the dialog box.
7. If you want to print the photo in black and white, click the Advanced tab and, in the
Color Options area, select the Print in grayscale check box.
8. Click OK, and then click Print or OK to begin printing.
Print photos on photo paper (Mac OS X)
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.
2. If you are using Mac OS X (v10.4), complete the following steps:
a. From the File menu in your software application, choose Page Setup.
b. Choose the desired printer in the Format for pop-up menu.
c. Specify the page attributes, such as the paper size, orientation, and scaling.
d. Click OK.
3. From the File menu in your software application, choose Print.
4. Make sure the product you want to use is selected.
5. If necessary, if you are using Mac OS X (v10.4), click Advanced.
6. Choose Paper Type/Quality from the pop-up menu (located below the Orientation
setting in Mac OS X v10.5), and then choose the following settings:
• Paper Type: The appropriate photo paper type
• Quality: Best or Maximum dpi
NOTE: If your computer is using Mac OS X (v10.5), click the blue disclosure
triangle next to the Printer selection to access these options.
7. If necessary, click the disclosure triangle next to Color Options.
Select any other print settings that you want, and then click Print to begin printing.
30
Print
8. Select the appropriate Photo Fix options:
• Off: applies no HP Real Life Technologies to the image.
• Basic: automatically focuses the image; moderately adjusts image sharpness.
9. If you want to print the photo in black and white, choose the Grayscale from the
Color pop-up menu, and then choose one of the following options:
• High Quality: uses all the available colors to print your photo in grayscale. This
creates smooth and natural shades of gray.
• Black Print Cartridge Only: uses black ink to print your photo in grayscale. The
gray shading is created by varying patterns of black dots, which might result in a
grainy image.
Print on special and custom-sized paper
If your application supports custom-sized paper, set the size in the application before
printing the document. If not, set the size in the print driver. You might need to reformat
existing documents to print them correctly on custom-sized paper.
Use only custom-sized paper that is supported by the device. For more information, see
Media specifications.
NOTE: With certain types of paper, you can print on both sides of a sheet of paper
(called “two-sided printing” or “duplex printing”). For more information, see Two-sided
printing (duplexing).
Follow the instructions for your operating system.
•
•
Print on special or custom-sized paper (Windows)
Print on special or custom-sized paper (Mac OS X)
Print on special or custom-sized paper (Windows)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.
On the File menu in your software application, click Print.
Select the product you want to print to.
If you need to change settings, click the button that opens the Properties dialog box.
Depending on your software application, this button might be called Properties,
Options, Printer Setup, Printer, or Preferences.
5. If necessary, set up the custom size in the printer driver:
a. On the Features tab, click Custom in the Size drop-down list.
b. Type a name for the new custom size.
c. In the Width and Height boxes, type the dimensions, and then click Save.
d. Click OK.
NOTE: To achieve the highest dpi resolution, you can use the Maximum dpi
setting with supported types of photo paper. If Maximum dpi is not listed in the
Print quality drop-down list, you can enable it from the Advanced tab.
6. Make sure the custom size is selected in the Size drop-down list.
Print on special and custom-sized paper
31
Chapter 2
7. Select the paper type:
a. Click More in the Paper type drop-down list.
b. Click the desired paper type, and then click OK.
8. Click OK, and then click Print or OK to begin printing.
Print on special or custom-sized paper (Mac OS X)
NOTE: Before you can print on custom-sized paper, you must set up the custom
size in the printing software. For instructions, see Set up custom sizes (Mac OS X).
1. Load the appropriate paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.
2. If you are using Mac OS X (v10.4), complete the following steps:
a. From the File menu in your software application, choose Page Setup.
b. Choose the desired printer in the Format for pop-up menu.
c. Specify the page attributes, such as the paper size, orientation, and scaling.
d. Click OK.
3. From the File menu in your software application, choose Print.
4. Make sure the product you want to use is selected.
5. If necessary, if you are using Mac OS X (v10.4), click Advanced.
6. Choose Paper Handling from the pop-up menu (located below the Orientation
setting in Mac OS X v10.5).
NOTE: If your computer is using Mac OS X (v10.5), click the blue disclosure
triangle next to the Printer selection to access these options.
7. Under Destination Paper Size, click Scale to fit paper size, and then select the
custom size.
Select any other print settings that you want, and then click Print to begin printing.
8. Change any other settings, and then click Print to begin printing.
Set up custom sizes (Mac OS X)
1. From the File menu in your software application, choose Page Setup (Mac OS X
v10.4) or Print (Mac OS X v10.5).
2. Choose the desired printer in the Format for pop-up menu.
3. Choose Manage Custom Sizes in the Paper Size pop-up menu.
4. Click the + on the left side of the screen, double-click Untitled, and type a name for
the new, custom size.
5. In the Width and Height boxes, type the dimensions, and then set the margins, if
desired.
6. Choose Paper Handling from the pop-up menu (located below the Orientation
setting in Mac OS X v10.5).
7. Click OK.
Print borderless documents
Borderless printing lets you print to the edges of certain photo media types and a range
of standard media sizes.
32
Print
NOTE: You cannot print a borderless document if the paper type is set to Plain
paper.
NOTE: Before printing a borderless document, open the file in a software application
and assign the image size. Make sure the size corresponds to the media size on which
you are printing the image.
NOTE: Not all applications support borderless printing.
Follow the instructions for your operating system.
•
•
Print borderless documents (Windows)
Print borderless documents (Mac OS X)
Print borderless documents (Windows)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.
On the File menu in your software application, click Print.
Select the product you want to print to.
If you need to change settings, click the button that opens the Properties dialog box.
Depending on your software application, this button might be called Properties,
Options, Printer Setup, Printer, or Preferences.
Click the Features tab.
In the Size list, click More, and then select the borderless size loaded in the tray. If
a borderless image can be printed on the specified size, the Borderless check box
is selected.
In the Paper type drop-down list, click More, and then select the appropriate paper
type.
Select the Borderless check box if it is not already checked.
If the borderless paper size and paper type are not compatible, the product software
displays an alert and allows you to select a different type or size.
Click OK, and then click Print or OK to begin printing.
Print borderless documents (Mac OS X)
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media.
2. If you are using Mac OS X (v10.4), complete the following steps:
a. From the File menu in your software application, choose Page Setup.
b. Choose the desired printer in the Format for pop-up menu.
c. Specify the page attributes, such as the paper size, orientation, and scaling.
d. Click OK.
3. From the File menu in your software application, choose Print.
4. Make sure the product you want to use is selected.
5. If necessary, if you are using Mac OS X (v10.4), click Advanced.
Print borderless documents
33
Chapter 2
6. Choose Paper Type/Quality from the pop-up menu (located below the Orientation
setting in Mac OS X v10.5), and then choose the following settings:
• Paper Type: The appropriate paper type
• Quality: Best or Maximum dpi
NOTE: If your computer is using Mac OS X (v10.5), click the blue disclosure
triangle next to the Printer selection to access these options.
7. If necessary, select the appropriate Photo Fix options:
• Off: applies no HP Real Life Technologies to the image.
• Basic: automatically focuses the image; moderately adjusts image sharpness.
8. Select any other print settings that you want, and then click Print to begin printing.
Two-sided printing (duplexing)
With certain types of paper, you can print on both sides of a sheet of paper (called “twosided printing” or “duplex printing”).
•
•
Perform two-sided printing (Windows)
Perform two-sided printing (Mac OS X)
Perform two-sided printing (Windows)
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media and Guidelines for twosided (duplex) printing.
2. On the File menu in your software application, click Print.
3. Select the Two-sided (Duplex) Printing option in the Printing Shortcuts list.
4. Click OK, and then click Print or OK to begin printing.
5. Follow any onscreen instructions.
Perform two-sided printing (Mac OS X)
1. Load paper in the tray. For more information, see Load media and Guidelines for twosided (duplex) printing.
2. From the File menu in your software application, choose Print.
3. Make sure the product you want to use is selected.
4. Choose Paper Handling from the pop-up menu (located below the Orientation
setting in Mac OS X v10.5), and then choose Odd numbered pages or Odd only.
5. Change any other settings, and then click Print.
6. After the odd-numbered pages have printed, rotate the printed pages 180 degrees
and reload them in the tray.
NOTE: Make sure the freshly printed text is face up.
7. From the File menu, choose Print.
8. Choose Paper Handling from the pop-up menu, and then choose Even numbered
pages or Even only.
9. Click Print to begin printing.
34
Print
3
Scan
Using the product’s control panel, you can scan originals and send them to a variety of
destinations, such as a folder or a program on a computer. You can also scan originals
using the HP software provided with the product and TWAIN-compliant or WIA-compliant
programs on a computer.
You can use the HP software to convert the text in scanned documents into a format that
you can search, copy, paste, and edit.
NOTE: Scan functions are only available after you install the software.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Scan an original
Edit a scanned document using optical character recognition (OCR) software
Scan an original
You can start a scan from a computer or from the device control panel.
To use the scan features, your device and computer must be connected and turned on.
The HP software must also be installed and running on your computer prior to scanning.
To verify that the HP software is running on a computer running Windows, look for the
device icon in the system tray at the lower-right side of the screen, near the clock.
NOTE: Closing the HP Digital Imaging Monitor icon in your Windows system tray
can cause your device to lose some of its scan functionality and result in the No
Connection error message. If this happens, you can restore full functionality by
restarting your computer or by starting the HP Digital Imaging Monitor.
NOTE: If you are using a computer running Windows, you can also use the
HP Solution Center to scan an image. Using this software, you can edit a scanned
image and create special projects using a scanned image. For more information, see
the onscreen help that came with your software.
This section contains the following topics:
•
Scan an original from the product control panel
Scan an original from the product control panel
You can send a scan to a computer connected directly to the device. You can also send
a scan to a program installed on a computer.
NOTE: If you are scanning a borderless original, load the original on the scanner
glass, not the ADF.
To scan from the product control panel
1. Load the original. For more information, see Load an original on the scanner glass.
2. Press left arrow or right arrow to select the Scan function, and then press OK.
Scan
35
Chapter 3
3. Press right arrow
4. Press Start.
to select what to do with the scan, and then press OK.
Edit a scanned document using optical character
recognition (OCR) software
You can use OCR software to import scanned text into your preferred word-processing
program for editing. This allows you to edit letters, newspaper clippings, and many other
documents.
You can specify the word-processing program that you want to use for editing. If the wordprocessing icon is not present or active, either you do not have word-processing software
installed on your computer, or the scanner software did not recognize the program during
the installation. See the onscreen Help for the HP Solution Center for information about
how to create a link to the word-processing program.
The OCR software does not support scanning colored text. Colored text is always
converted to black-and-white text before being sent to OCR. Thus, all text in the final
document is in black and white, regardless of the original color.
Because of the complexity of some word-processing programs and their interaction with
the device, it is sometimes preferable to scan to a text editor, such as Wordpad (Windows)
or TextEdit (Mac OS X), and then cut and paste the text into the preferred wordprocessing program.
36
Scan
4
Copy
You can produce high-quality color and grayscale copies on a variety of paper types and
sizes.
NOTE: If you are copying a document when a fax arrives, the fax is stored in the
device memory until the copying finishes. This can reduce the number of fax pages
stored in memory.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Copy documents
Change copy settings
Copy documents
You can make quality copies from the device control panel.
NOTE: If you are copying a borderless original, load the original on the scanner
glass, not the ADF.
To copy documents
1. Make sure you have paper loaded in the main tray.
2. Place your original face down on the scanner glass. If you are copying a borderless
original, load the original on the scanner glass, not the ADF. For more information,
see Load an original on the scanner glass.
3. Use the left arrow or right arrow to select one of the following functions:
• Copy B&W: To select a black-and-white copy job.
• Copy Color : To select a color copy job.
NOTE: If you have a color original, selecting the Copy B&W function produces
a black-and-white copy of the color original, while selecting the Copy Color
function produces a full-color copy of the color original.
4. Press OK.
5. Change any additional settings. For more information, see Change copy settings
6. Press Start.
Change copy settings
You can customize copy jobs using the various settings available from the product's
control panel, including the following:
•
•
•
•
Number of copies
Copy paper size
Copy paper type
Copy speed or quality
Copy
37
Chapter 4
•
•
Lighter/Darker settings
Resizing originals to fit on different paper sizes
You can use these settings for single copy jobs, or you can save settings to be used as
defaults for future jobs.
To change copy settings for a single job
1. Press left arrow or right arrow to navigate between different copy options.
2. Make any changes to the copy function settings, and then press OK to accept the
changes.
To save the current settings as defaults for future jobs
1. Press left arrow or right arrow to navigate between different copy options.
2. Make any changes to the copy function settings, and then press OK to accept the
changes.
3. Press right arrow until Set As Default appears, and then press OK.
4. Press right arrow to select Yes, and then press OK.
38
Copy
5
Fax
You can use the device to send and receive faxes, including color faxes. You can
schedule faxes to be sent at a later time and set up speed-dials to send faxes quickly and
easily to frequently used numbers. From the device control panel, you can also set a
number of fax options, such as resolution and the contrast between lightness and
darkness on the faxes you send.
NOTE: Before you begin faxing, make sure you have set up the device properly for
faxing. You might have already done this as part of the initial setup, by using either
the control panel or the software that came with the device. You can verify the fax is
set up correctly by running the fax setup test from the control panel. To run the fax
test, press (Setup), select Tools, select Run fax test, and then press OK.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
Send a fax
Receive a fax
Change fax settings
Fax over Internet Protocol (FoIP)
Use reports
Send a fax
You can send a fax in a variety of ways. Using the device control panel, you can send a
black-and-white or color fax. You can also send a fax manually from an attached phone.
This allows you to speak with the recipient before sending the fax.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Send a basic fax
Send a fax manually from a phone
Send a fax using monitor dialing
Send a fax from memory
Schedule a fax to send later
Send a fax to multiple recipients
Send a fax in Error Correction Mode
Send a basic fax
You can easily send a single- or multiple-page black-and-white or color fax by using the
device control panel.
NOTE: If you need printed confirmation that your faxes were successfully sent,
enable fax confirmation before sending any faxes.
Fax
39
Chapter 5
TIP: You can also send a fax manually from a phone or by using monitor dialing.
These features allow you to control the pace of your dialing. They are also useful
when you want to use a calling card to charge the call and you have to respond to
tone prompts while dialing.
To send a basic fax from the device control panel
1. Load your originals. If you are faxing a borderless original, load the original on the
scanner glass, not the ADF. For additional information, see Load an original on the
scanner glass.
2. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Fax B&W or Fax Color , and then
press OK.
3. Enter the fax number by using the keypad.
TIP: To add a pause in the fax number you are entering, press the * button
repeatedly, until a dash (-) appears on the display.
4. Press Start.
If the device detects an original loaded in the automatic document feeder, it
sends the document to the number you entered.
TIP: If the recipient reports issues with the quality of the fax you sent, you can
try changing the resolution or contrast of your fax.
Send a fax manually from a phone
Sending a fax manually allows you to make a phone call and talk with the recipient before
you send the fax. This is useful if you want to inform the recipient that you are going to
send them a fax before sending it. When you send a fax manually, you can hear the dial
tones, telephone prompts, or other sounds through the handset on your telephone. This
makes it easy for you to use a calling card to send your fax.
Depending on how the recipient has their fax machine set up, the recipient might answer
the phone, or the fax machine might take the call. If a person answers the phone, you
can speak with the recipient before sending the fax. If a fax machine answers the call,
you can send the fax directly to the fax machine when you hear the fax tones from the
receiving fax machine.
To send a fax manually from an extension phone
1. Load your originals. If you are copying a borderless original, load the original on the
scanner glass, not the ADF. For additional information, see Load an original on the
scanner glass.
2. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Fax B&W or Fax Color , and then
press OK.
3. Dial the number by using the keypad on the phone that is connected to the device.
NOTE: Do not use the keypad on the control panel of the device when manually
sending a fax. You must use the keypad on your phone to dial the recipient's
number.
TIP: To switch between Fax B&W or Fax Color , press the Back button.
40
Fax
4. If the recipient answers the telephone, you can engage in a conversation before
sending your fax.
NOTE: If a fax machine answers the call, you will hear fax tones from the
receiving fax machine. Proceed to the next step to transmit the fax.
5. When you are ready to send the fax, press Start.
NOTE: If prompted, select Send Fax.
If you were speaking with the recipient before sending the fax, inform the recipient
that they should press Start on their fax machine after they hear fax tones.
The telephone line is silent while the fax is transmitting. At this point, you can hang
up the telephone. If you want to continue speaking with the recipient, remain on the
line until the fax transmission is complete.
Send a fax using monitor dialing
Monitor dialing allows you to dial a number from the device control panel as you would
dial a regular telephone. When you send a fax using monitor dialing, you can hear the
dial tones, telephone prompts, or other sounds through the speakers on the device. This
enables you to respond to prompts while dialing, as well as control the pace of your
dialing.
TIP: If you do not enter your calling card PIN fast enough, the device might start
sending fax tones too soon and cause your PIN not to be recognized by the calling
card service. If this is the case, you can create a speed dial entry to store the PIN for
your calling card.
NOTE: Make sure the volume is turned on, or you will not hear a dial tone.
To send a fax using monitor dialing from the device control panel
1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load an original on the scanner
glass or Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF).
NOTE: The ADF is available for some models only.
2. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Fax B&W or Fax Color , and then
press Start.
If the device detects an original loaded in the automatic document feeder, you will
hear a dial tone.
3. When you hear the dial tone, enter the number by using the keypad on the device
control panel.
4. Follow any prompts that might occur.
TIP: If you are using a calling card to send a fax and you have your calling card
PIN stored as a speed dial, when prompted to enter your PIN, press Speed
Dial to select the speed dial entry where you have your PIN stored.
Your fax is sent when the receiving fax machine answers.
Send a fax
41
Chapter 5
Send a fax from memory
You can scan a black-and-white fax into memory and then send the fax from memory.
This feature is useful if the fax number you are trying to reach is busy or temporarily
unavailable. The device scans the originals into memory and sends them once it is able
to connect to the receiving fax machine. After the device scans the pages into memory,
you can immediately remove the originals from the document feeder tray.
NOTE: You can only send a black-and-white fax from memory.
To send a fax from memory
1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load an original on the scanner
glass or Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF).
NOTE: The ADF is available for some models only.
2. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Fax B&W or Fax Color , and then
press OK.
3. Enter the fax number by using the keypad, press Speed Dial to select a speed dial,
or press Redial/Pause to redial the last number dialed.
4. Press right arrow until Fax Method appears, and then press OK.
5. Press right arrow until Scan & Fax appears, and then press OK.
6. Press Start.
The device scans the originals into memory and sends the fax when the receiving fax
machine is available.
Schedule a fax to send later
You can schedule a black-and-white fax to be sent within the next 24 hours. This enables
you to send a black-and-white fax late in the evening, when phone lines are not as busy
or phone rates are lower, for example. The device automatically sends your fax at the
specified time.
You can only schedule one fax to be sent at a time. You can continue to send faxes
normally, however, while a fax is scheduled.
NOTE: You can only send faxes in black and white due to memory limitations.
To schedule a fax from the device control panel
1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load an original on the scanner
glass or Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF).
NOTE: The ADF is available for some models only.
2. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Fax B&W or Fax Color , and then
press OK.
3. Press right arrow until Fax Method appears, and then press OK.
4. Press right arrow until Send Fax Later appears, and then press OK.
5. Enter the send time by using the numeric keypad, and then press OK. If prompted,
press 1 for AM, or 2 for PM.
42
Fax
6. Enter the fax number by using the keypad, press Speed Dial to select a speed dial,
or press Redial/Pause to redial the last number dialed.
7. Press Start.
The device scans all pages and the scheduled time appears on the display. The fax
is sent at the scheduled time.
To cancel a scheduled fax
1. Press the left arrow or right arrow to select Fax B&W or Fax Color , and then
press OK.
2. Press right arrow until Fax Method appears, and then press OK.
3. Press right arrow until Send Fax Later appears, and then press OK.
If there is a fax already scheduled, the Cancel prompt appears on the display.
4. Press 1 to select Yes.
NOTE: You can also cancel the scheduled fax by pressing Cancel on the device
control panel when the scheduled time is visible on the display.
Send a fax to multiple recipients
You can send a fax to multiple recipients at once by grouping individual speed dial entries
into group speed dial entries.
To send a fax to multiple recipients using group speed dial
1. Load your originals. For additional information, see Load an original on the scanner
glass or Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF).
NOTE: The ADF is available for some models only.
2. Press the left arrow
3. Press the left arrow
appears.
or right arrow
or right arrow
to select Fax B&W, and then press OK.
until the appropriate group speed dial entry
TIP: You can also select a speed dial entry by entering its speed dial code using
the keypad on the device control panel.
4. Press Start.
If the device detects an original loaded in the automatic document feeder, it sends
the document to each number in the group speed dial entry.
NOTE: You can only use group speed dial entries to send faxes in black and
white, because of memory limitations. The device scans the fax into memory then
dials the first number. When a connection is made, it sends the fax and dials the
next number. If a number is busy or not answering, the device follows the settings
for Busy Redial and No Answer Redial. If a connection cannot be made, the
next number is dialed and an error report is generated.
Send a fax in Error Correction Mode
Error Correction Mode (ECM) prevents loss of data due to poor phone lines by detecting
errors that occur during transmission and automatically requesting retransmission of the
erroneous portion. Phone charges are unaffected, or might even be reduced, on good
Send a fax
43
Chapter 5
phone lines. On poor phone lines, ECM increases sending time and phone charges, but
sends the data much more reliably. The default setting is On. Turn ECM off only if it
increases phone charges substantially, and you can accept poorer quality in exchange
for reduced charges.
Before turning the ECM setting off, consider the following. If you turn ECM off
•
•
•
The quality and transmission speed of faxes you send and receive are affected.
The Fax Speed is automatically set to Medium.
You will no longer be able to send or receive faxes in color.
To change the ECM setting from the control panel
1. Press Setup.
2. Press right arrow until Fax Settings appears, and then press OK.
3. Press right arrow until Error Correction Mode appears, and then press OK.
4. Press right arrow to select On or Off, and then press OK.
Receive a fax
You can receive faxes automatically or manually. If you turn off the Auto Answer option,
you must receive faxes manually. If you turn on the Auto Answer option (the default
setting), the device automatically answers incoming calls and receives faxes after the
number of rings that are specified by the Rings to Answer setting. (The default Rings
to Answer setting is five rings.)
If you receive a legal-size fax and the device is not currently set to use legal-size paper,
the device reduces the fax so that it fits on the paper that is loaded. If you have disabled
the Automatic Reduction feature, the device prints the fax on two pages.
NOTE: If you are copying a document when a fax arrives, the fax is stored in the
device memory until the copying finishes. This can reduce the number of fax pages
stored in memory.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Receive a fax manually
Set up backup fax
Reprint received faxes from memory
Poll to receive a fax
Forward faxes to another number
Set the paper size for received faxes
Set automatic reduction for incoming faxes
Block junk fax numbers
Receive faxes to your computer (Fax to PC and Fax to Mac)
Receive a fax manually
When you are on the phone, the person you are speaking with can send you a fax while
you are still connected. This is referred to as manual faxing. Use the instructions in this
section to receive a manual fax.
NOTE: You can pick up the handset to talk or listen for fax tones.
44
Fax
You can receive faxes manually from a phone that is:
•
•
Directly connected to the device (on the 2-EXT port)
On the same phone line, but not directly connected to the device
To receive a fax manually
1. Make sure the device is turned on and you have paper loaded in the main tray.
2. Remove any originals from the document feeder tray.
3. Set the Rings to Answer setting to a high number to allow you to answer the incoming
call before the device answers. Or, turn off the Auto Answer setting so that the device
does not automatically answer incoming calls.
4. If you are currently on the phone with the sender, instruct the sender to press Start
on their fax machine.
5. When you hear fax tones from a sending fax machine, do the following:
a. Press left arrow or right arrow to select Black-and-white fax or Color fax.
b. Press Start.
c. After the device begins to receive the fax, you can hang up the phone or remain
on the line. The phone line is silent during fax transmission.
Set up backup fax
Depending on your preference and security requirements, you can set up the device to
store all the faxes it receives, only the faxes it receives while the device is in an error
condition, or none of the faxes it receives.
The following Backup fax modes are available:
On
The default setting. When Backup fax is On, the device stores all received
faxes in memory. This enables you to reprint up to eight of the most recently
printed faxes if they are still saved in memory.
NOTE: When device memory is low, it overwrites the oldest, printed faxes
as it receives new faxes. If the memory becomes full of unprinted faxes, the
device stops answering incoming fax calls.
NOTE: If you receive a fax that is too large, such as a very detailed color
photo, it might not be stored in memory due to memory limitations.
On Error Only
Causes the device to store faxes in memory only if an error condition exists
that prevents the device from printing the faxes (for example, if the device
runs out of paper). The device continues to store incoming faxes as long
as there is memory available. (If the memory becomes full, the device stops
answering incoming fax calls.) When the error condition is resolved, the
faxes stored in memory print automatically, and then they are deleted from
memory.
Off
Faxes are never stored in memory. For example, you might want to turn off
Backup fax for security purposes. If an error condition occurs that prevents
the device from printing (for example, the device runs out of paper), the
device stops answering incoming fax calls.
Receive a fax
45
Chapter 5
NOTE: If Backup fax is enabled and you turn off the device, all faxes stored in
memory are deleted, including any unprinted faxes that you might have received while
the device was in an error condition. You must contact the senders to ask them to
resend any unprinted faxes. For a list of the faxes you have received, print the Fax
Log. The Fax Log is not deleted when the device is turned off.
To set backup fax from the device control panel
1. Press Setup.
2. Press right arrow until Tools appears, and then press OK.
3. Press right arrow until Backup fax appears, and then press OK.
4. Press right arrow to select On, On Error Only, or Off.
5. Press OK.
Reprint received faxes from memory
If you set the Backup fax mode to On, the received faxes are stored in memory, whether
the device has an error condition or not.
NOTE: After the memory becomes full, the oldest, printed faxes are overwritten as
new faxes are received. If all the stored faxes are unprinted, the device does not
receive any fax calls until you print or delete the faxes from memory. You might also
want to delete the faxes in memory for security or privacy purposes.
Depending on the sizes of the faxes in memory, you can reprint up to eight of the most
recently printed faxes, if they are still in memory. For example, you might need to reprint
your faxes if you lost the copy of your last printout.
To reprint faxes in memory from the device control panel
1. Make sure you have paper loaded in the main tray.
2. Press Setup.
3. Press right arrow until Print Report appears, and then press OK.
4. Press right arrow until Reprint Faxes appears, and then press OK.
The faxes are printed in the reverse order from which they were received with the
most recently received fax printed first, and so on.
5. Press Start.
6. If you want to stop reprinting the faxes in memory, press Cancel.
To delete all the faxes in memory from the device control panel
▲ Turn off the device by pressing the Power button.
All faxes stored in memory are deleted from memory when you turn off the power.
Poll to receive a fax
Polling allows the HP All-in-One to ask another fax machine to send a fax that it has in
its queue. When you use the Poll to Receive feature, the HP All-in-One calls the
designated fax machine and requests the fax from it. The designated fax machine must
be set for polling and have a fax ready to send.
46
Fax
NOTE: The HP All-in-One does not support polling pass codes. Polling pass codes
are a security feature that require the receiving fax machine to provide a pass code
to the device it is polling in order to receive the fax. Make sure the device you are
polling does not have a pass code set up (or has not changed the default pass code)
or the HP All-in-One will not be able to receive the fax.
To set up poll to receive a fax from the device control panel
1. Press left arrow or right arrow to select Black-and-white fax or Color fax, and
then press OK.
2. Press right arrow until Fax Method appears, and then press OK.
3. Press right arrow until Poll to Receive appears, and then press OK.
4. Enter the fax number of the other fax machine.
5. Press Start.
NOTE: If you selected Color Fax but the sender sent the fax in black and white,
the device prints the fax in black and white.
Forward faxes to another number
You can set up the device to forward your faxes to another fax number. A received color
fax is forwarded in black and white.
HP recommends that you verify the number you are forwarding to is a working fax line.
Send a test fax to make sure the fax machine is able to receive your forwarded faxes.
To forward faxes from the device control panel
1. Press Setup.
2. Press right arrow until Fax Settings appears, and then press OK.
3. Press right arrow until Fax Forwarding appears, and then press OK.
4. Press right arrow until On appears, and then press OK.
NOTE: If the device is not able to forward the fax to the designated fax machine
(for example, if it is not turned on), the device prints the fax. If you set up the device
to print error reports for received faxes, it will also print an error report.
5. At the prompt, enter the number of the fax machine that will receive the forwarded
faxes, and then press OK.
Fax Forwarding appears on the device control panel display.
If the device loses power when Fax Forwarding is set up, it saves the Fax
Forwarding setting and phone number. When the power is restored to the device,
the Fax Forwarding setting is still On.
NOTE: You can cancel fax forwarding by pressing Cancel on the device control
panel when the Fax Forwarding message is visible on the display, or you can
select Off from the Fax Fwd, Black menu.
Set the paper size for received faxes
You can select the paper size for received faxes. The paper size you select should match
what is loaded in your main tray. Faxes can be printed on letter, A4, or legal paper only.
Receive a fax
47
Chapter 5
NOTE: If an incorrect paper size is loaded in the main tray when you receive a fax,
the fax does not print and an error message appears on the display. Load letter, A4,
or legal paper, and then press OK to print the fax.
To set the paper size for received faxes from the device control panel
1. Press Setup.
2. Press right arrow until Fax Settings appears, and then press OK.
3. Press right arrow until Paper Options appears, and then press OK.
4. Press right arrow until Fax Paper Size appears, and then press OK.
5. Press right arrow to select an option, and then press OK.
Set automatic reduction for incoming faxes
The Automatic Reduction setting determines what the HP All-in-One does if it receives
a fax that is too large for the default paper size. This setting is turned on by default, so
the image of the incoming fax is reduced to fit on one page, if possible. If this feature is
turned off, information that does not fit on the first page is printed on a second page.
Automatic Reduction is useful when you receive a legal-size fax and letter-size paper
is loaded in the main tray.
To set automatic reduction from the device control panel
1. Press Setup.
2. Press right arrow until Fax Settings appears, and then press OK.
3. Press right arrow until Paper Options appears, and then press OK.
4. Press right arrow until Auto Fax Resize appears, and then press OK.
5. Press right arrow to select Off or On.
6. Press OK.
Block junk fax numbers
If you subscribe to a caller ID service through your phone provider, you can block specific
fax numbers so the device does not print faxes received from those numbers. When an
incoming fax call is received, the device compares the number to the list of junk fax
numbers to determine if the call should be blocked. If the number matches a number in
the blocked fax numbers list, the fax is not printed. (The maximum number of fax numbers
you can block varies by model.)
NOTE: This feature is not supported in all countries/regions. If it is not supported in
your country/region, Junk Fax Blocker does not appear in the Fax Settings menu.
NOTE: If no phone numbers are added in the Caller ID list, it is assumed that the
user has not signed up for the Caller ID service with the phone company.
•
•
•
48
Fax
Add numbers to the junk fax list
Remove numbers from the junk fax list
Print a Junk Fax Report
Add numbers to the junk fax list
You can block specific numbers by adding them to the junk fax list.
To manually enter a number to block
1. Press Setup.
2. Press right arrow to select Fax Settings, and then press OK.
3. Press right arrow to select Junk Fax Blocker, and then press OK.
4. Press right arrow to select Add, and then press OK.
5. To select a fax number to block from the caller ID list, select Select no.
- or To manually enter a fax number to block, select Enter no.
6. After entering a fax number to block, press OK.
Make sure you enter the fax number as it appears on the control-panel display, and
not the fax number that appears on the fax header of the received fax, as these
numbers can be different.
7. When the Enter Another? prompt appears, do one of the following:
• If you want to add another number to the list of junk fax numbers, press
Yes, and then repeat step 5 for each number you want to block.
• If you are done, press No.
Remove numbers from the junk fax list
If you no longer want to block a fax number, you can remove a number from your junk
fax list.
To remove numbers from the list of junk fax numbers
1. Press Setup.
2. Press Fax Settings, and then press OK.
3. Press Junk Fax Blocker, and then press OK.
4. Press Delete, and then press OK.
5. Press the right arrow button to scroll through the numbers you have blocked. When
the number you want to remove appears, press OK to select it.
6. When the Delete Another? prompt appears, do one of the following:
• If you want to remove another number from the list of junk fax numbers,
press Yes, and then repeat step 5 for each number you no longer want to block.
• If you are done, press No.
Print a Junk Fax Report
Use the following procedure to print a list of blocked junk fax numbers.
To print a Junk Fax Report
1. Press the (Setup) button.
2. Select Print Report, select Junk Fax Report, and then press OK.
Receive a fax
49
Chapter 5
Receive faxes to your computer (Fax to PC and Fax to Mac)
Use Fax to PC and Fax to Mac to automatically receive faxes and save faxes directly to
your computer. With Fax to PC and Fax to Mac, you can store digital copies of your faxes
easily and also eliminate the hassle of dealing with bulky paper files.
Received faxes are saved as TIFF (Tagged Image File Format). Once the fax is received,
you get an on-screen notification with a link to the folder where the fax is saved.
The files are named in the following method: XXXX_YYYYYYYY_ZZZZZZ.tif, where X is
the sender's information, Y is the date, and Z is the time that the fax was received.
NOTE: Fax to PC and Fax to Mac are available for receiving black-and-white faxes
only. Color faxes are printed instead of being saved to the computer.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
Fax to PC and Fax to Mac requirements
Activate Fax to PC and Fax to Mac
Modify Fax to PC or Fax to Mac settings
Turn off Fax to PC or Fax to Mac
Fax to PC and Fax to Mac requirements
• The administrator computer, the computer that activated the Fax to PC or Fax to Mac
feature, must be on at all times. Only one computer can act as the Fax to PC or Fax
to Mac administrator computer.
• The destination folder's computer or server, must be on at all times. The destination
computer must also be awake, faxes will not be saved if the computer is asleep or in
hibernate mode.
• HP Digital Imaging monitor in Windows Taskbar must be on at all times.
• Paper must be loaded in the input tray.
Activate Fax to PC and Fax to Mac
Use the Fax to PC Setup Wizard to activate Fax to PC. The Fax to PC Setup Wizard can
be started from the Solution Center or the Fax to PC Setup Wizard on the control panel.
To set up Fax to Mac on Mac OS X, use the HP Setup Assistant (which can be launched
from the HP Utility).
To set up the Fax to PC from the Solution Center (Windows)
1. Open the Solution Center. For more information, see Use the HP Solution Center
(Windows).
2. Select Settings, and then select Fax to PC Setup Wizard.
3. Follow the onscreen instructions to set up Fax to PC.
To set up Fax to Mac (Mac OS X)
1. Launch the HP Utility. For instructions, see Open the HP Utility.
2. Click the Application icon on the toolbar.
3. Double-click HP Setup Assistant, and then follow the onscreen instructions.
50
Fax
Modify Fax to PC or Fax to Mac settings
You can update the Fax to PC settings from your computer at any time from the Fax
Settings page in the Solution Center. You can update the Fax to Mac settings from the
HP Setup Assistant. You can turn off Fax to PC or Fax to Mac and disable printing faxes
from the device control panel.
To modify settings from the device control panel
1. Press the (Setup) button.
2. Select Basic Fax Setup, select Fax to PC, and then press OK.
3. Select the setting that you want to change. You can change the following settings:
• View PC hostname: View the name of the computer that is set up to administer
Fax to PC or Fax to Mac.
• Turn Off: Turn off Fax to PC or Fax to Mac.
NOTE: Use the Solution Center to turn on Fax to PC or Fax to Mac.
•
Disable Fax Print: Choose this option to print faxes as they are received. If you
turn off printing, color faxes will still print.
To modify Fax to PC settings the HP Software
Follow the instructions for your operating system:
Windows
1. Open the Solution Center. For more information, see Use the HP Solution Center
(Windows).
2. Select Settings, and then select Fax Settings.
3. Select the Fax to PC Settings tab, change the settings, and then click OK.
Mac OS X
1. Launch the HP Utility. For instructions, see Open the HP Utility.
2. Click the Application icon on the toolbar.
3. Double-click HP Setup Assistant, and then follow the onscreen instructions.
Turn off Fax to PC or Fax to Mac
1. Press the (Setup) button.
2. Select Basic Fax Setup, select Fax to PC, and then press OK.
3. Select Turn Off.
Change fax settings
After completing the steps in the getting started guide that came with the device, use the
following steps to change the initial settings or to configure other options for faxing.
•
•
•
•
Configure the fax header
Set the answer mode (Auto answer)
Set the number of rings before answering
Change the answer ring pattern for distinctive ring
Change fax settings
51
Chapter 5
•
•
•
•
•
Set the fax error correction mode
Set the dial type
Set the redial options
Set the fax speed
Set the fax sound volume
Configure the fax header
The fax header prints your name and fax number on the top of every fax you send. HP
recommends that you set up the fax header by using the software that you installed with
the device. You can also set up the fax header from the device control panel, as described
here.
NOTE: In some countries/regions, the fax header information is a legal requirement.
To set or change the fax header
1. Press Setup.
2. Press right arrow to select Fax Settings, and then press OK.
3. Press right arrow to select Fax Header, and then press OK.
4. Enter your personal or company name using the numeric keypad, and then press
OK.
5. Enter your fax number by using the numeric keypad, and then press OK.
Set the answer mode (Auto answer)
The answer mode determines whether the device answers incoming calls.
•
•
Turn on the Auto Answer setting if you want the device to answer faxes
automatically. The device answers all incoming calls and faxes.
Turn off the Auto Answer setting if you want to receive faxes manually. You must
be available to respond in person to the incoming fax call or the device does not
receive faxes.
To set the answer mode to manual or automatic via the device control panel
1. Press Setup.
2. Press right arrow to select Fax Settings, and then press OK.
3. Press right arrow to select Answer Options, and then press OK.
4. Press right arrow to select Auto Answer, and then press OK.
5. Press right arrow to select On or Off as appropriate for your setup, and then press
OK.
When Auto Answer is On, the device answers calls automatically. When Auto
Answer is Off, it does not answer calls.
Set the number of rings before answering
If you turn on the Auto Answer setting, you can specify how many rings occur before
incoming calls are automatically answered.
The Rings to Answer setting is important if you have an answering machine on the same
phone line as the device, because you want the answering machine to answer the phone
52
Fax
before the device does. The number of rings to answer for the device should be greater
than the number of rings to answer for the answering machine.
For example, set your answering machine to a low number of rings and the device to
answer in the maximum number of rings. (The maximum number of rings varies by
country/region.) In this setup, the answering machine answers the call and the device
monitors the line. If the device detects fax tones, it receives the fax. If the call is a voice
call, the answering machine records the incoming message.
To set the number of rings before answering via the device control panel
1. Press Setup.
2. Press right arrow to select Fax Settings, and then press OK.
3. Press right arrow to select Answer Options, and then press OK.
4. Press right arrow to select Rings to Answer, and then press OK.
5. Enter the appropriate number of rings by using the keypad, or press left arrow
right arrow to change the number of rings.
6. Press OK to accept the setting.
or
Change the answer ring pattern for distinctive ring
Many phone companies offer a distinctive ring feature that allows you to have several
phone numbers on one phone line. When you subscribe to this service, each number is
assigned a different ring pattern. You can set up the device to answer incoming calls that
have a specific ring pattern.
If you connect the device to a line with distinctive ring, have your telephone company
assign one ring pattern to voice calls and another ring pattern to fax calls. HP
recommends that you request double or triple rings for a fax number. When the device
detects the specified ring pattern, it answers the call and receives the fax.
If you do not have a distinctive ring service, use the default ring pattern, which is All
Rings.
NOTE: The HP fax cannot receive faxes when the main phone number is off the
hook.
To change the answer ring pattern for distinctive ring via the device control panel
1. Verify that the device is set to answer fax calls automatically.
2. Press Setup.
3. Press right arrow to select Basic Settings, and then press OK.
4. Press right arrow to select Ring Pattern, and then press OK.
When the phone rings with the ring pattern assigned to your fax line, the device
answers the call and receives the fax.
Set the fax error correction mode
Typically, the device monitors the signals on the phone line while it is sending or receiving
a fax. If it detects an error signal during the transmission and the error-correction setting
is on, the device can request that a portion of the fax be resent.
Turn off error correction only if you are having trouble sending or receiving a fax, and you
want to accept the errors in the transmission. Turning off the setting might be useful when
Change fax settings
53
Chapter 5
you are trying to send a fax to another country/region or receive a fax from another
country/region, or if you are using a satellite phone connection.
To set the fax error-correction mode
1. Press Setup.
2. Press right arrow to select Fax Settings, and then press OK.
3. Press right arrow to select Error Correction, and then press OK.
4. Press right arrow to select On or Off, and then press OK.
Set the dial type
Use this procedure to set tone-dialing or pulse-dialing mode. The factory-set default is
Tone. Do not change the setting unless you know that your phone line cannot use tone
dialing.
NOTE: The pulse-dialing option is not available in all countries/regions.
To set the dial type
1. Press Setup.
2. Press right arrow
3. Press right arrow
4. Press right arrow
to select Basic Settings, and then press OK.
to select Tone or Pulse, and then press OK.
to select the appropriate option, and then press OK.
Set the redial options
If the device was unable to send a fax because the receiving fax machine did not answer
or was busy, the device attempts to redial based on the settings for the busy-redial and
no-answer-redial options. Use the following procedure to turn the options on or off.
•
•
Busy redial: If this option is turned on, the device redials automatically if it receives
a busy signal. The factory-set default for this option is ON.
No answer redial: If this option is turned on, the device redials automatically if the
receiving fax machine does not answer. The factory-set default for this option is
OFF.
To set the redial options
1. Press Setup.
2. Press right arrow to select Fax Settings, and then press OK.
3. Press right arrow to select Redial Options, and then press OK.
4. Press right arrow to select the appropriate Busy Redial or No Answer Redial
options, and then press OK.
Set the fax speed
You can set the fax speed used to communicate between your device and other fax
machines when sending and receiving faxes.
54
Fax
If you use one of the following, setting the fax speed to a slower speed might be required:
•
•
•
•
An Internet phone service
A PBX system
Fax over Internet Protocol (FoIP)
An integrated services digital network (ISDN) service
If you experience problems sending and receiving faxes, try using a lower Fax Speed.
The following table provides the available fax speed settings.
Fax speed setting
Fax speed
Fast
v.34 (33600 baud)
Medium
v.17 (14400 baud)
Slow
v.29 (9600 baud)
To set the fax speed from the device control panel
1. Press Setup.
2. Press right arrow to select Fax Settings, and then press OK.
3. Press right arrow to select Fax Speed, and then press OK.
4. Select an option using the arrow keys, and then press OK.
Set the fax sound volume
Use this procedure to increase or decrease the volume of the fax sounds.
To set the fax sound volume via the device control panel
▲ Press Setup, select Fax Sound Volume, and then use the arrow keys to increase or
decrease the volume. Press OK to select the volume.
Fax over Internet Protocol (FoIP)
You may subscribe to a low cost phone service that allows you to send and receive faxes
with your device by using the Internet. This method is called Fax over Internet Protocol
(FoIP). You probably use a FoIP service (provided by your telephone company) if you:
•
•
Dial a special access code along with the fax number, or
Have an IP converter box that connects to the Internet and provides analog phone
ports for the fax connection.
NOTE: You can only send and receive faxes by connecting a phone cord to the port
labeled "1-LINE" on the device. This means that your connection to the Internet must
be done either through a converter box (which supplies regular analog phone jacks
for fax connections) or your telephone company.
Some Internet faxing services do not work properly when the device is sending and
receiving faxes at high speed (33600 bps) or when sending color faxes. If you experience
problems sending and receiving faxes while using an Internet fax service, use a slower
fax speed and only send black-and-white faxes. You can do this by using a lower Fax
Speed setting. For information on changing this setting, see Set the fax speed.
Fax over Internet Protocol (FoIP)
55
Chapter 5
NOTE: If you have questions about Internet faxing, contact your Internet faxing
services support department or your local service provider for further assistance.
Use reports
You can set up the device to print error reports and confirmation reports automatically for
each fax you send and receive. You can also manually print system reports as required;
these reports provide useful system information about the device.
By default, the device is set to print a report only if there is a problem sending or receiving
a fax. A confirmation message that indicates whether a fax was successfully sent appears
briefly on the control-panel display after each transaction.
NOTE: If the reports are not legible, you can check the estimated ink levels from the
control panel, HP Solution Center (Windows), or HP Utility (Mac OS X).
NOTE: Ink level alerts and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only.
When you receive a low-ink alert, consider having a replacement cartridge available
to avoid possible printing delays. You do not need to replace the ink cartridges until
print quality becomes unacceptable.
NOTE: Ensure that the printhead and ink cartridges are in good conditions and
installed properly.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Print fax confirmation reports
Print fax error reports
Print and view the fax log
Clear the fax log
Print the details of the last fax transaction
Print a Caller ID History Report
Print fax confirmation reports
If you require printed confirmation that your faxes were successfully sent, follow these
instructions to enable fax confirmation before sending any faxes. Select either On Fax
Send or Send & Receive.
The default fax confirmation setting is Off. This means that a confirmation report is not
printed for each fax sent or received. A confirmation message indicating whether a fax
was successfully sent appears briefly on the control-panel display after each transaction.
NOTE: You can include an image of the first page of the fax on the Fax Sent
Confirmation report if you choose On Fax Send or Send & Receive, and if you scan
the fax to send from memory.
To enable fax confirmation
1. Press the (Setup) button.
2. Press right arrow to select Print Report, and then press OK.
56
Fax
3. Press right arrow
4. Press right arrow
to select Fax Confirmation, and then press OK.
to select one of the following, and then press OK.
Off
Does not print a fax confirmation report when you send and receive
faxes successfully. This is the default setting.
On Fax Send
Prints a fax confirmation report for every fax you send.
On Fax Receive
Prints a fax confirmation report for every fax you receive.
Send & Receive
Prints a fax confirmation report for every fax you send and receive.
To include an image of the fax on the report
1. Press the (Setup) button.
2. Select Print Report, and then select Fax Confirmation.
3. Select either On Fax Send or Send & Receive, and then press OK.
4. Select Image on Fax Send Report.
5. Select On, and then press OK.
Print fax error reports
You can configure the device so that it automatically prints a report when there is an error
during transmission or reception.
To set the device to print fax error reports automatically
1. Press Setup.
2. Press right arrow to select Print Report, and then press OK.
3. Press right arrow to select Fax Error , and then press OK.
4. Press right arrow to select one of the following, and then press OK.
Send & Receive
Prints whenever a fax error occurs. This is the default setting.
Off
Does not print any fax error reports.
On Fax Send
Prints whenever a transmission error occurs.
On Fax Receive
Prints whenever a receiving error occurs.
Print and view the fax log
The logs list faxes that have been sent from the device control panel and all faxes that
have been received.
You can print a log of faxes that have been received and sent by the device. Each entry
in the log contains the following information:
•
•
•
•
Transmission date and time
Type (whether received or sent)
Fax number
Duration
Use reports
57
Chapter 5
•
•
Number of pages
Result (status) of transmission
To print the fax log from the device control panel
1. Press Setup.
2. Press right arrow to select Print Report, and then press OK.
3. Press right arrow to select Fax Log, and then press OK.
4. Press OK again to print the log.
To view the fax log from the HP software
Follow the instructions for your operating system.
Windows
1. Open the HP Solution Center software. For instructions, see Use the HP Solution
Center (Windows).
2. Click Settings.
3. In the Fax Settings area, click More Fax Settings, and then click Fax Log.
Mac OS X
1. Open the HP Utility. For instructions, see Open the HP Utility.
2. In the Fax Settings area, click Fax Logs.
Clear the fax log
Use the following steps to clear the fax log.
To clear the fax log via the device control panel
1. On the device control panel, press Setup.
2. Press the arrow key to move down to Tools, and then press OK.
3. Press the arrow key to move down to Clear Fax Log, and then press OK.
Print the details of the last fax transaction
The Last Fax Transaction report prints the details of the last fax transaction to occur.
Details include the fax number, number of pages, and the fax status.
To print the Last Fax Transaction report
1. On the device control panel, press Setup.
2. Press the arrow key to move down to Print Report, and then press OK.
3. Press the arrow key to move down to Last Transaction, and then press OK.
58
Fax
Print a Caller ID History Report
Use the following procedure to print a list of Caller ID fax numbers.
To print a Caller ID History Report
1. Press Setup, select Printer Report, and then select Caller ID History Report.
2. Press OK.
Use reports
59
6
Work with ink cartridges
To ensure the best print quality from the HP All-in-One, you will need to perform some
simple maintenance procedures. This section provides guidelines for handling the ink
cartridges, instructions for replacing the ink cartridges, and aligning and cleaning the
printhead.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Information about ink cartridges
Check the estimated ink levels
Handle the ink cartridges
Replace the ink cartridges
Store printing supplies
Advanced ink cartridge maintainance
Information about ink cartridges
The following tips help maintain HP ink cartridges and ensure consistent print quality.
•
If you need to replace an ink cartridge, wait until you have the new ink cartridge
available to install before removing the old cartridge.
CAUTION: Do not leave untaped ink cartridges outside of the product for an
extended period of time. This can result in damage to the ink cartridge.
•
•
•
•
•
60
Keep all ink cartridges in the original sealed packages until they are needed.
(Power) button located on the product.
Turn off the HP All-in-One by pressing the
Wait until the power light turns off before unplugging the power cord or turning off a
power strip. If you improperly turn off the HP All-in-One, the print carriage might not
return to the correct position causing problems with the ink cartridges and print quality
issues. For more information, see Turn off the device.
Store ink cartridges at room temperature (15-35° C or 59-95° F).
You do not need to replace the cartridges until print quality becomes unacceptable,
but a significant decrease in print quality may be the result of one or more depleted
cartridges. Possible solutions include checking the estimated ink levels remaining in
the cartridges, and cleaning the ink cartridges. Cleaning the ink cartridges uses some
ink. For more information, see Clean the ink cartridges.
Do not clean ink cartridges unnecessarily. This wastes ink and shortens the life of the
cartridges.
Work with ink cartridges
•
•
Handle ink cartridges carefully. Dropping, jarring, or rough handling during installation
can cause temporary printing problems.
If you are transporting the product, do the following to prevent ink leaking from the
print carriage or other damage from occurring to the product:
◦ Make sure you turn off the product by pressing the
(Power) button.
◦
◦
The print carriage should be parked on the right side in the service station.
Make sure you leave the ink cartridges installed.
The product must be transported sitting flat; it should not be placed its side, back,
front, or top.
Related topics
• Check the estimated ink levels
• Clean the ink cartridges
Check the estimated ink levels
You can check the estimated ink levels from the HP Solution Center, Toolbox (Windows),
the HP Utility (Mac OS X), or the embedded Web server. For information about using
these tools, see Device management tools. You can also print the Printer Status page to
view this information (see Understand the Printer Status Report and Self-Test Report).
NOTE: Ink level alerts and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only.
When you receive a low-ink alert, consider having a replacement cartridge available
to avoid possible printing delays. You do not have to replace the cartridges until the
print quality is unacceptable.
NOTE: If you have installed a refilled or remanufactured cartridge, or a cartridge that
has been used in another printer, the ink level indicator might be inaccurate or
unavailable.
NOTE: Ink from the cartridges is used in the printing process in a number of different
ways, including in the initialization process, which prepares the product and cartridges
for printing, and in printhead servicing, which keeps print nozzles clear and ink flowing
smoothly. In addition, some residual ink is left in the cartridge after it is used. For more
information, see www.hp.com/go/inkusage.
Check the estimated ink levels
61
Chapter 6
Handle the ink cartridges
Before you replace or clean an ink cartridge, you should know the part names and how
to handle the ink cartridges.
1
Copper-colored contacts
2
Plastic tape with pink pull tab (must be removed before installing)
3
Ink nozzles under tape
Hold the ink cartridges by their black plastic sides, with the label on top. Do not touch the
copper-colored contacts or the ink nozzles.
NOTE: Handle the ink cartridges carefully. Dropping or jarring cartridges can cause
temporary printing problems, or even permanent damage.
Replace the ink cartridges
Follow these instructions when the ink level is low.
NOTE: When the ink level for an ink cartridge is low, a message appears on the
display. You can also check the ink levels by using the printer Toolbox (Windows) or
the HP Utility (Mac OS X).
NOTE: Ink from the cartridges is used in the printing process in a number of different
ways, including in the initialization process, which prepares the device and cartridges
for printing. In addition, some residual ink is left in the cartridge after it is used. For
more information see www.hp.com/go/inkusage.
Ink level warnings and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only. When
you receive a low-ink warning message, consider having a replacement cartridge
62
Work with ink cartridges
available to avoid possible printing delays. You do not need to replace the ink cartridges
until print quality becomes unacceptable.
For more information about ordering ink cartridges for the device, see Order printing
supplies online.
To replace the ink cartridges
1. Make sure the product is turned on.
CAUTION: If the product is turned off when you open the front access door to
access the ink cartridges, the product cannot release the cartridges for changing.
You might damage the product if the ink cartridges are not docked safely when
you try to remove them.
2. Open the front access door.
The print carriage moves to the far right side of the product.
3. Wait until the print carriage is idle and silent, and then lightly press down on an ink
cartridge to release it.
If you are replacing the tri-color ink cartridge, remove the ink cartridge from the slot
on the left.
Replace the ink cartridges
63
Chapter 6
If you are replacing the black ink cartridge, remove the ink cartridge from the slot on
the right.
4. Pull the ink cartridge toward you, out of its slot.
NOTE: HP provides recycling options for used ink cartridges in many countries/
regions. For more information, see HP inkjet supplies recycling program.
5. Remove the new ink cartridge from its packaging and, being careful to touch only the
black plastic, gently remove the plastic tape by using the pink pull tab.
1
Copper-colored contacts
2
Plastic tape with pink pull tab (must be removed before installing)
3
Ink nozzles under tape
CAUTION: Do not touch the copper-colored contacts or ink nozzles. Also, do
not re-tape the ink cartridges. Doing so can result in clogs, ink failure, and bad
electrical connections.
64
Work with ink cartridges
6. Hold the ink cartridge with the HP logo on top, and insert the new ink cartridge into
the empty cartridge slot. Make sure you push the ink cartridge in firmly until it snaps
into place.
If you are installing the tri-color ink cartridge, slide it into the left slot.
If you are installing a black ink cartridge, slide it into the right slot.
7. Close the front access door.
8. Make sure you have letter or A4, unused, plain white paper loaded in the input tray.
For more information, see Load media.
NOTE: If you have colored paper loaded in the input tray when you align the ink
cartridges, the alignment will fail. Load unused plain white paper into the input
tray, and then try the alignment again.
9. Press OK
The HP All-in-One prints an ink cartridge alignment sheet.
Replace the ink cartridges
65
Chapter 6
10. Load the ink cartridge alignment sheet face down on the scanner glass in the front
right corner with the top of the page to the right, and then press OK. For more
information, see Load an original on the scanner glass.
The HP All-in-One aligns the ink cartridges. Recycle or discard the ink cartridge
alignment sheet.
Store printing supplies
Ink cartridges can be left in the device for extended periods of time. However, to assure
optimal ink cartridge health, be sure to turn off the device properly. For more information,
see Turn off the device.
Advanced ink cartridge maintainance
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Align the ink cartridges
Clean the ink cartridges
Align the ink cartridges
The HP All-in-One prompts you to align cartridges every time you install or replace an ink
cartridge. You can also align the ink cartridges at any time from the device control panel
or by using the software you installed with the device. Aligning the ink cartridges ensures
high-quality output.
NOTE: If you remove and reinstall the same ink cartridge, the device will not prompt
you to align the ink cartridges. It remembers the alignment values for that ink cartridge,
so you do not need to realign the ink cartridges.
To align the cartridges from the product control panel
1. Load letter or A4, unused, plain white paper in the input tray. For more information,
see Load media.
NOTE: If you have colored paper loaded in the input tray when you align the ink
cartridges, the alignment will fail. Load unused plain white paper into the input
tray, and then try the alignment again.
2. Press the
66
(Setup) button on the product control panel.
Work with ink cartridges
3. Selects Tools and then select Align Cartridge.
The product prints an ink cartridge alignment sheet.
4. Place the alignment sheet face down on the scanner glass. For more information, see
Load an original on the scanner glass.
5. Press OK to scan the alignment sheet.
After the alignment sheet is scanned, alignment is complete. Recycle or discard the
alignment sheet.
Advanced ink cartridge maintainance
67
Chapter 6
To align the ink cartridges from the HP software
1. Load letter or A4, unused, plain white paper in the input tray. For more information,
see Load media.
NOTE: If you have colored paper loaded in the input tray when you align the ink
cartridges, the alignment will fail. Load unused plain white paper into the input
tray, and then try the alignment again.
2. Follow the instructions for your operating system. The product prints an ink cartridge
alignment sheet.
Windows
a. Open the Toolbox software. For instructions, see Open the Toolbox.
b. Click the Device Services tab.
c. Click Align the ink cartridges.
Mac OS X
a. Open the HP Utility. For instructions, see Open the HP Utility.
b. Click Align, and then follow the onscreen instructions.
3. Place the alignment sheet face down on the scanner glass. For more information, see
Load an original on the scanner glass.
4. Press OK to scan the alignment sheet.
After the alignment sheet is scanned, alignment is complete. Recycle or discard the
alignment sheet.
Clean the ink cartridges
Use this feature when there is streaking, white lines through any of the lines of color or
when a color is muddy. Do not clean ink cartridges unnecessarily, as this wastes ink and
shortens the life of the ink nozzles.
68
Work with ink cartridges
To clean the ink cartridges from the product control panel
1. Load letter, A4, or legal unused plain white paper into the input tray.
2. Press Setup.
3. Select Tools, and then select Clean Cartridge.
The device prints a page that you can recycle or discard.
If copy or print quality still seems poor after you clean the ink cartridges, try cleaning
the ink cartridge contacts before replacing the affected ink cartridge.
To clean the ink cartridges from the HP software
1. Load letter, A4, or legal unused plain white paper into the input tray. For more
information, see Load media.
2. Follow the instructions for your operating system.
Windows
a. Open the Toolbox software. For instructions, see Open the Toolbox.
b. Click the Device Services tab.
c. Click Align the ink cartridges.
Mac OS X
a. Open the HP Utility. For instructions, see Open the HP Utility.
b. Click Clean Printheads, and then click Clean.
3. Follow the prompts until you are satisfied with the quality of the output, and then click
Done or Finish.
If copy or print quality still seems poor after you clean the ink cartridges, try cleaning
the ink cartridge contacts before replacing the affected ink cartridge. For more
information, see Clean the ink cartridge contacts.
Advanced ink cartridge maintainance
69
7
Solve a problem
The information in Solve a problem suggests solutions to common problems. If your
device is not operating correctly and those suggestions did not solve your problem, try
using one of the following support services to obtain assistance.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
HP support
General troubleshooting tips and resources
Solve printing problems
Poor print quality and unexpected printouts
Clean the area around the ink nozzles
Solve paper-feed problems
Solve copy problems
Solve scan problems
Solve fax problems
Solve wired (Ethernet) network problems (some models only)
Solve wireless problems (some models only)
Configure your firewall to work with HP devices
Solve device management problems
Troubleshoot installation issues
Understand the Printer Status Report and Self-Test Report
Understand the network configuration page (some models only)
Clear jams
HP support
If you have a problem, follow these steps
1. Check the documentation that came with the product.
2. Visit the HP online support Web site at www.hp.com/support. HP online support is
available to all HP customers. It is the fastest source for up-to-date device information
and expert assistance and includes the following features:
• Fast access to qualified online support specialists
• Software and driver updates for the HP all-in-one
• Valuable troubleshooting information for common problems
• Proactive device updates, support alerts, and HP newsgrams that are available
when you register the HP all-in-one
For more information, see Obtain electronic support.
3. Call HP support. Support options and availability vary by device, country/region, and
language. For more information, see HP support by phone.
70
Solve a problem
Obtain electronic support
To find support and warranty information, go to the HP Web site at www.hp.com/
support. If prompted, choose your country/region, and then click Contact HP for
information on calling for technical support.
This Web site also offers technical support, drivers, supplies, ordering information and
other options such as:
•
•
•
•
Access online support pages.
Send HP an e-mail message for answers to your questions.
Connect with an HP technician by using online chat.
Check for software updates.
You can also obtain support from the Toolbox (Windows) or HP Utility (Mac OS X), which
provide easy, step-by-step solutions to common printing problems. For more information,
see Toolbox (Windows) or HP Utility (Mac OS X).
Support options and availability vary by product, country/region, and language.
HP support by phone
'The phone support numbers and associated costs listed here are those in effect at time
of publication and are applicable only for calls made on a land line. Different rates may
apply for mobile phones.
For the most current HP list of telephone support numbers and call costs information, see
www.hp.com/support.
During the warranty period, you may obtain assistance from the HP Customer Care
Center.
NOTE: HP does not provide telephone support for Linux printing. All support is
provided online at the following web site: https://launchpad.net/hplip. Click the Ask a
question button to begin the support process.
The HPLIP Web site does not provide suppport for Windows or Mac OS X. If you are
using these operating systems, see www.hp.com/support.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
Before you call
Phone support period
Telephone support numbers
After the phone support period
Before you call
Call HP support while you are in front of the computer and the HP All-in-One. Be prepared
to provide the following information:
•
•
Model number (located on the label on the front of the device)
Serial number (located on the back or bottom of the device)
HP support
71
Chapter 7
•
•
Messages that appear when the situation occurs
Answers to these questions:
◦ Has this situation happened before?
◦ Can you re-create it?
◦ Did you add any new hardware or software to your computer at about the time
that this situation began?
◦ Did anything else occur prior to this situation (such as a thunderstorm, HP All-inOne was moved, etc.)?
Phone support period
One year of phone support is available in North America, Asia Pacific, and Latin America
(including Mexico).
Telephone support numbers
In many locations, HP provides toll free telephone support during the warranty period.
However, some of the support numbers might not be toll free.
72
Solve a problem
For the most current list of telephone support numbers, see www.hp.com/support.
www.hp.com/support
$IULFD(QJOLVKVSHDNLQJ
$IULTXHIUDQFRSKRQH
$UJHQWLQD%XHQRV$LUHV
$UJHQWLQD
$XVWUDOLD
$XVWUDOLDRXWRIZDUUDQW\
˜VWHUUHLFK
,WDOLD
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺰﺍﺋﺮ‬
3HDN+RXUV೼SP
/RZ+RXUV೼SP
3HDN+RXUV೼P/RZ+RXUV
೼P
%UDVLO6DR3DXOR
%UDVLO
&DQDGD
&HQWUDO$PHULFD7KH
&DULEEHDQ
&KLOH
Ё೑
Ё೑
&RORPELD%RJRW£
&RORPELD
&RVWD5LFD
ÎHVN£UHSXEOLND
KS
LQYHQW
ZZZKSFRPODVRSRUWH
/X[HPEXUJ'HXWVFK
೼SP
1HZ=HDODQG
1LJHULD
1RUJH
3DQDP£
3DUDJXD\
3HU¼
3KLOLSSLQHV
3ROVND
‫ﻣﺼﺮ‬
೼SP
'HXWVFKODQG
೼0LQDXVGHPGHXWVFKHQ
)HVWQHW]EHL$QUXIHQDXV
0RELOIXQNQHW]HQN¸QQHQDQGHUH
3UHLVHJHOWHQ
˃˨˨˙ˡ˞˞˭˹˱ˬˢ˫˶˱ˢˮ˦˧˹
˃˨˨˙ˡ˞ˢ˪˱˹˯˃˨˨˙ˡ˞˯
˃˨˨˙ˡ˞˞˭˹̱˺˭ˮˬ
*XDWHPDOD
佭␃⡍߹㸠ᬓऔ
0DJ\DURUV]£J
,QGLD
,QGLD
,QGRQHVLD
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻮﺑﻴﺔ‬
೼PLQ
NUPLQ
6ZLW]HUODQG
&+)PLQ
㟎☷
ࡷࡎ࡙
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺍﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳﺖ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻨﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻦ‬
೼SP
3XHUWR5LFR
5HS¼EOLFD'RPLQLFDQD
5HXQLRQ
5RP¤QLD
̷͕͘͘͏̳͕͉͇ͦ͑͘
̷͕͘͘͏̸̶͇͔͙͙͈͚ͦ͑͌͌͗͗͊
6LQJDSRUH
6ORYHQVNR
6RXWK$IULFD56$
6XRPL
6YHULJH
+8)PLQ
,UHODQG
೼SP
℡
℡
)UDQFH
3/1PLQ
3RUWXJDO
(O6DOYDGRU
(VSD³D
‫ُﻋﻤﺎﻥ‬
NUSU0LQXW
(FXDGRU3DFLILWHO
VWDUWHUS§.USHUPLQ
GHUHWWHU.USHUPLQ
(FXDGRU$QGLQDWHO
೼0LQ
0DOD\VLD
0DXULWLXV
0«[LFR&LXGDGGH0«[LFR
0«[LFR
0DURF
1HGHUODQG
&=1PLQ
'DQPDUN
‫ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻥ‬
೼PLQ
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻳﻦ‬
%HOJLTXH
-DPDLFD
㡴㦻
㡴㦻
뼑霢
/X[HPERXUJ)UDQ©DLV
GRSSHOWHU2UWVWDULI
%HOJL­
&KLDPDWDDWDULIIDORFDOH
‫ישראל‬
1,6PLQ
7ULQLGDG7REDJR
7¾UNL\HòVWDQEXO$QNDUD
ò]PLU%XUVD
̺͇͔͇͑͗ͭ
8QLWHG.LQJGRP
‫ﺗﻮﻧﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ‬
eSP
8QLWHG6WDWHV
8UXJXD\
9HQH]XHOD&DUDFDV
9HQH]XHOD
9L¬W1DP
HP support
73
Chapter 7
After the phone support period
After the phone support period, help is available from HP at an additional cost. Help may
also be available at the HP online support Web site: www.hp.com/support. Contact your
HP dealer or call the support phone number for your country/region to learn more about
support options.
General troubleshooting tips and resources
NOTE: Many of the steps below require HP software. If you did not install the HP
software, you can install it using the HP software CD included with the product, or you
can download the software from the HP support Web site (www.hp.com/support).
Try these when you begin troubleshooting a printing problem.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
For a paper jam, see Clear paper jams.
For paper-feed problems, such as the paper skew and paper pick, see Solve paperfeed problems.
Power light is on and not blinking. When the device is turned on for the first time, it
takes approximately 12 minutes to initialize it after the ink cartridges are installed.
Power cord and other cables are working, and are firmly connected to the device.
Make sure the device is connected firmly to a functioning alternating current (AC)
power outlet, and is turned on. For voltage requirements, see Electrical
requirements.
Media is loaded correctly in the input tray and is not jammed in the device.
All packing tapes and materials are removed.
The device is set as the current or default printer. For Windows, set it as the default
in the Printers folder. For Mac OS X, set it as the default in the Print & Fax section of
the System Preferences. See your computer's documentation for more information.
Pause Printing is not selected if you are using a computer running Windows.
You are not running too many programs when you are performing a task. Close
programs that you are not using or restart the computer before attempting the task
again.
Troubleshooting topics
• Solve printing problems
• Poor print quality and unexpected printouts
• Solve paper-feed problems
• Solve copy problems
• Solve scan problems
• Solve fax problems
• Solve wired (Ethernet) network problems (some models only)
• Solve wireless problems (some models only)
• Solve device management problems
• Troubleshoot installation issues
74
Solve a problem
Solve printing problems
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The device shuts down unexpectedly
Error message appears on control-panel display
Alignment fails
The device is not responding (nothing prints)
Device takes a long time to print
Blank or partial page printed
Something on the page is missing or incorrect
Placement of the text or graphics is wrong
The device prints half a page, then ejects the paper
The device shuts down unexpectedly
Check the power and power connections
Make sure the device is connected firmly to a functioning alternating current (AC) power
outlet. For voltage requirements, see Electrical requirements.
Error message appears on control-panel display
A non-recoverable error has occurred
Disconnect all cables (such as power cord and USB cable), wait about 20 seconds, and
reconnect the cables. If the problem persists, visit the HP Web site (www.hp.com/
support) for the latest troubleshooting information, or product fixes and updates.
Alignment fails
If the alignment process fails, make sure you have loaded unused, plain white paper into
the input tray. If you have colored paper loaded in the input tray when you align the ink
cartridges, the alignment will fail.
If the alignment process fails repeatedly, you might have a defective sensor or ink
cartridge. Contact HP support. Go to www.hp.com/support. If prompted, choose your
country/region, and then click Contact HP for information on calling for technical support.
The device is not responding (nothing prints)
There are print jobs stuck in the print queue
Open the print queue, cancel all documents, and then reboot the computer. Try to print
after the computer reboots. Refer to the Help system for the operating system for more
information.
Check the device setup
For more information, see General troubleshooting tips and resources.
Solve printing problems
75
Chapter 7
Check the device software installation
If the device is turned off when printing, an alert message should appear on your computer
screen; otherwise, the device software might not be installed correctly. To resolve this,
uninstall the software completely, and then reinstall the device software. For more
information, see Uninstall and reinstall the software.
Check the cable connections
• Make sure both ends of the USB cable or Ethernet cable are secure.
• If the device is connected to a network, check the following:
◦ Check the Link light on the back of the device.
◦ Make sure you are not using a phone cord to connect the device.
Check any personal firewall software installed on the computer
The personal software firewall is a security program that protects a computer from
intrusion. However, the firewall might block communication between the computer and
the device. If there is a problem communicating with the device, try temporarily disabling
the firewall. If the problem persists, the firewall is not the source of the communication
problem. Re-enable the firewall.
Device takes a long time to print
Check the system configuration and resources
Make sure the computer meets the minimum system requirements for the device. For
more information, see System requirements.
Check the device software settings
Print speed is slower when you select high print-quality settings. To increase the print
speed, select different print settings in the device driver. For more information, see
Print.
Blank or partial page printed
Clean the ink cartridge
Complete the ink cartridge cleaning procedure. For more information, see Clean the ink
cartridges.
Check the media settings
• Make sure you select the correct print quality settings in the printer driver for the media
loaded in the trays.
• Make sure the page settings in the printer driver match the page size of media loaded
in the tray.
More than one page is being picked
For more information on paper-feed problems, see Solve paper-feed problems.
76
Solve a problem
There is a blank page in the file
Check the file to make sure there is no blank page.
Something on the page is missing or incorrect
Check the margin settings
Make sure the margin settings for the document do not exceed the printable area of the
device. For more information, see Set minimum margins.
Check the color print settings
Make sure Print in Grayscale is not selected in the print driver.
Check the device location and length of USB cable
High electromagnetic fields (such as those generated by USB cables) can sometimes
cause slight distortions to printouts. Move the device away from the source of the
electromagnetic fields. Also, it is recommended that you use a USB cable that is less than
3 meters (9.8 feet) long to minimize the effects of these electromagnetic fields.
Check the ink cartridges
Make sure the correct ink cartridges are installed and the ink cartridges are not low on
ink. For more information, see Device management tools and Handle the ink cartridges.
Placement of the text or graphics is wrong
Check how the media is loaded
Make sure the media width and length guides fit snugly against the edges of the stack of
media, and make sure the tray is not overloaded. For more information, see Load
media.
Check the media size
• Content on a page might be cut off if the document size is larger than the media that
you are using.
• Make sure the media size selected in the printer driver match the size of media loaded
in the tray.
Check the margin settings
If the text or graphics are cut off at the edges of the page, make sure the margin settings
for the document do not exceed the printable area of your device. For more information,
see Set minimum margins.
Check the page-orientation setting
Make sure the media size and page orientation selected in the application match the
settings in the printer driver. For more information, see Print.
Check the device location and length of USB cable
High electromagnetic fields (such as those generated by USB cables) can sometimes
cause slight distortions to printouts. Move the device away from the source of the
Solve printing problems
77
Chapter 7
electromagnetic fields. Also, it is recommended that you use a USB cable that is less than
3 meters (9.8 feet) long to minimize the effects of these electromagnetic fields.
If the above solutions do not work, the problem may be caused by the inability of the
application to interpret print settings properly. See the release notes for known software
conflicts, refer to the application's documentation, or contact the software manufacturer
for specific help.
The device prints half a page, then ejects the paper
Check the ink cartridges
Make sure the correct ink cartridges are installed and the ink cartridges are not low on
ink. For more information, see Device management tools and Check the estimated ink
levels.
HP cannot guarantee the quality of non-HP ink cartridges.
Poor print quality and unexpected printouts
If the quality of the printout is not as expected, try the following solutions to resolve the
problem. Solutions are listed in order, with the most likely solution first. If the first solution
does not solve the problem, continue trying the remaining solutions until the issue is
resolved.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Solution 1: Use genuine HP cartridges
Solution 2: Check the paper
Solution 3: Wait a short period of time (if possible)
Solution 4: Check the print settings
Solution 5: Check estimated ink levels and replace low or empty ink cartridges
Solution 6: Print and evaluate a diagnostic report and troubleshoot defects
Solution 7: Clean the ink cartridges
Solution 8: Align the ink cartridges
Solution 9: Replace the problem ink cartridge
Solution 10: Service the product
Solution 1: Use genuine HP cartridges
HP recommends that you use genuine HP cartridges. Genuine HP cartridges are
designed and tested with HP printers to help you easily produce great results, time after
time. HP cannot guarantee the quality or reliability of non-HP supplies. Product service
or repairs required as a result of using a non-HP ink supply will not be covered under
warranty. HP recommends that you make sure that you are using genuine HP cartridges
before continuing.
Solution 2: Check the paper
If you see vertical streaks on your printed documents, the paper or print media might not
have been handled or stored properly. Do not replace cartridges to fix vertical streaks.
78
Solve a problem
The images below show the difference between vertical and horizontal streaking.
Horizontal Streaks
Vertical streaks
NOTE: Streaks on a copied document commonly appear when the scanner glass
or the plastic strip in the automatic document feeder (ADF) is dirty. For information
about cleaning the scanner glass and plastic strip in the ADF, see Clean the scanner
glass and To clean the plastic strip inside the automatic document feeder,
respectively.
Use paper or other print media that is appropriate for the print job, and make sure that
you handle and store it properly:
•
•
•
•
•
Load the paper print-side down in the input tray. (Many papers have printing and
nonprinting sides.)
Make sure that the paper is not wrinkled or curled. Load only clean, wrinkle-free paper
into the product.
Plain paper is fine for text documents. For photos, HP Advanced Photo paper is the
best choice.
Try using a different paper. Paper that does not accept ink well is also prone to print
defects. HP ink and paper are designed to work together.
Store photo paper in its original packaging and inside a resealable plastic bag. Store
the paper on a flat surface and in a cool, dry place. Load photo paper only when you
are ready to print, and then put the unused paper back in the packaging.
For more information about selecting paper, see Select print media. For more information
about loading paper, see Load media.
After trying the preceding guidelines, try printing again.
If the issue persists, continue to the next solution.
Solution 3: Wait a short period of time (if possible)
A short period of printer inactivity can clear up some problems. If possible, let the printer
sit idle for 40 minutes, and then try printing again.
If the issue persists, continue to the next solution.
Solution 4: Check the print settings
Follow these steps to check the print settings to make sure that they are appropriate for
your print job.
Poor print quality and unexpected printouts
79
Chapter 7
Step 1: Check the print quality settings
The print quality settings in the product software might not be optimized for the type of
document you are printing. Follow these steps to check these settings.
If the issue persists, continue to the next solution Step 2: Check the Print in Grayscale
setting.
Windows
1. In the software program from which you want to print, click the File menu, click
Print, and then click Setup, Properties, or Preferences.
(Specific options might vary depending on the application that you are using.)
2. On the Features tab, review the following options, and then make any necessary
changes.
• Print quality: If you are not satisfied with the quality of your printouts, increase
the print quality. To print more quickly, decrease the print quality.
• Paper type: If one of the options matches your paper type exactly, choose the
matching option rather than Automatic.
• Resizing Options: Make sure the selected option matches your paper size.
Mac OS X
1. From the File menu in your software application, choose Print.
2. Choose Paper Type/Quality from the pop-up menu (located below the Orientation
setting in Mac OS X v10.5), review the following options, and then make any
necessary changes.
• Paper Type: If one of the options matches your paper type exactly, choose the
matching option.
• Quality: you are not satisfied with the quality of your printouts, increase the print
quality. To print more quickly, decrease the print quality.
3. Choose Paper Handling from the pop-up menu, review the following options, and
then make any necessary changes.
Destination Paper Size: Make sure the selected option matches your paper size.
Step 2: Check the Print in Grayscale setting
The product software might be set to print in grayscale. Follow these steps to check this
setting.
If the issue persists, continue to the next solution.
Windows
1. In the software program from which you want to print, click the File menu, click
Print, and then click Setup, Properties, or Preferences.
(Specific options might vary depending on the application that you are using.)
2. Click the Color tab.
3. Make sure Print in Grayscale is not selected.
80
Solve a problem
Mac OS X
1. From the File menu in your software application, choose Print.
2. Choose Paper Type/Quality from the pop-up menu (located below the Orientation
setting in Mac OS X v10.5).
3. In the Color Options area, make sure the Color setting is not set to Grayscale.
Solution 5: Check estimated ink levels and replace low or empty ink cartridges
Follow these steps to check the estimated ink levels on your product, and then replace
low cartridges according to the results.
For more information about checking ink levels, see Check the estimated ink levels.
•
•
If the ink-level graphic shows low cartridges, and you are not satisfied with the
quality of your prints, replace the cartridges now. For more information about
replacing cartridges, see Replace the ink cartridges.
If the ink-level graphic shows cartridges that are not low, you do not need to
replace the cartridges yet. Continue to the next solution.
Solution 6: Print and evaluate a diagnostic report and troubleshoot defects
1. To help diagnose the print quality problems, follow the instructions for your particular
model to print a diagnostic report.
• If your product does not support wireless communication, see Print Quality
Diagnostic Report.
• If your product supports wireless communication, see Self-Test Report.
2. After evaluating the report, if you see no defects on the diagnostic report, the print
mechanism and ink supplies are working correctly. If prints are still unsatisfactory,
check the following:
• Make sure the image file has sufficient resolution. Images that have been
enlarged too much might appear fuzzy or blurry.
• If the problem seems confined to a band near the edge of a print, the problem
might not appear on the other end of the print. Try using a program on your
computer to rotate the document or image 180 degrees.
• If the issue persists, visit the HP online support Web site at www.hp.com/
support for further troubleshooting information.
NOTE: Stop troubleshooting here. Do not continue with the steps below if the
page shows no defects.
3. If you see one or more defects on the diagnostic report, continue to the next
solution.
Poor print quality and unexpected printouts
81
Chapter 7
Print Quality Diagnostic Report
1. Load regular, white, letter-size or A4 paper
2. On the product control panel, press (Setup), select Print Report, select Print
Quality, and then press OK.
3. Evaluate the Print Quality Diagnostic Report:
a
Ink level
b
Color bars
c
Large-font text
d
Alignment pattern
a. Ink level: Look at the Ink level boxes to double-check cartridge ink levels. If a
box is completely white, you might need to replace that ink cartridge.
Example Ink Level - Black is low - replace. Tri-color is OK.
82
Solve a problem
b. Color bars: Look at the color bars in the middle of the page. You should see
seven color bars. These bars should have sharp edges, should be solid (not
streaked with white or other colors), and should be uniform in color throughout.
Example of Good Color Bars: All bars are solid, sharp-edged, and extend with uniform
color across the entire page. The printer is operating correctly.
•
•
The top black bar is printed by the Black Ink Cartridge
The colored bars are printed by the Tri-color Ink Cartridge
Ragged or irregularly streaked or faded bars
Example of Bad Color Bars: The top bar is irregularly streaked or fading.
Example of Bad Color Bars: The top bar is ragged on one end.
Poor print quality and unexpected printouts
83
Chapter 7
To prevent problems causing ragged bars on the PQ Diagnostic Report, try the
following solutions:
• Avoid leaving un-taped ink cartridges outside of the printer for an extended
period of time. For more information about handling ink cartridges, see Handle
the ink cartridges.
• Always turn off the product using the
(Power) button, which prevents air
from getting into the cartridges. For more information about turning off the
product, see Turn off the device.
Regular white streaks in the bars
Example of bad color bars: The blue bar has regular white streaks.
Bar colors are not uniform
Example of Bad Color Bars: The yellow bar is streaked with another color.
c. Large-font text: Look at the large-font text above the color blocks. The type
should be sharp and clear.
Example of good large-font text
The letters are sharp and clear - the printer is operating correctly.
84
Solve a problem
Examples of bad large-font text
The letters are jagged.
The letters are smeared.
The letters are ragged on one end.
d. Alignment pattern: If the color bars and large-font text look OK and the ink
cartridges are not empty, look at the alignment pattern directly above the color
bars.
Example of a good alignment pattern.
The lines are straight.
Example of a bad alignment pattern
Poor print quality and unexpected printouts
85
Chapter 7
The lines are jagged.
86
Solve a problem
Self-Test Report
Follow these steps to print, and then evaluate a Diagnostic report.
1. Load regular, white, letter-size or A4 paper.
2. On the product control panel, press (Setup), select Print Report, select SelfTest, and then press OK.
To evaluate the Diagnostic Page:
1. Look at the color bars in the middle of the page. There should be three color bars and
a black bar. All the bars should have sharp edges. They should be solid (not streaked
with white or other colors). They should be uniform in color throughout.
Poor print quality and unexpected printouts
87
Chapter 7
Example of Good Bars - all bars are solid, sharp-edged, and uniformly colored - the
printer is operating correctly.
• The black bar is printed by the Black Ink Cartridge
• The colored bars are printed by the Tri-color Ink Cartridge
Ragged or irregularly streaked or faded bars
Example of bad black bar - The black bar is ragged at one end.
NOTE: To prevent problems causing ragged bars on the Self-Test Report, try
the following solutions:
•
Avoid leaving un-taped ink cartridges outside of the printer for an extended period
of time. For more information about handling ink cartridges, see Handle the ink
cartridges.
•
(Power) button, which prevents air from
Always turn off the product using the
getting into the cartridges. For more information about turning off the product, see
Turn off the device.
Regular white streaks in the bars
Example of bad color bars - the blue bar has regular white streaks.
Bar colors are not uniform
Example of Bad Color Bars - The yellow bar is streaked with another color.
88
Solve a problem
Black Text
2. Look at the black text printed on the page. The type should be sharp and clear.
Example of good black text - the letters are sharp and clear - the printer is operating correctly
Example of bad black text - the letters are smeared.
Solution 7: Clean the ink cartridges
Clean the ink cartridges if you see the following in the diagnostic report:
•
•
Color bars: Color bars are ragged or irregularly streaked or faded; have regular,
white streaks; or are not a uniform color throughout the bar, clean the ink cartridges.
Large-font text: Letters are smeared or ragged on one end.
For instructions, see Clean the ink cartridges.
NOTE: Do not clean ink cartridges unnecessarily. Unnecessary cleaning wastes ink
and shortens the life of the ink nozzles.
If the issue persists, continue to the next step.
Solution 8: Align the ink cartridges
Align the ink cartridges if you see the following in the diagnostic report:
•
•
Large-font text: Letters are jagged.
Alignment pattern: Lines are jagged.
For instructions, see Align the ink cartridges.
If the issue persists, continue to the next step.
Poor print quality and unexpected printouts
89
Chapter 7
Solution 9: Replace the problem ink cartridge
If you saw defects on the Print Quality Diagnostic Report or Self-Test Report and cleaning
and alignment did not help, replace the problem ink cartridge. For instructions, see
Replace the ink cartridges.
If the issue persists, continue to the next step.
Solution 10: Service the product
If you have completed all the steps listed above and are still experiencing a problem, the
product might need servicing.
To contact HP support, visit www.hp.com/support. If prompted, choose your country/
region, and then click Contact HP for information on calling for technical support.
Clean the ink cartridge contacts
Clean the ink cartridge contacts only if you get repeated messages on the display.
Before cleaning the ink cartridge contacts, remove the ink cartridge and verify that nothing
is covering the ink cartridge contacts, then reinstall the ink cartridge. If you continue to
get messages to check the ink cartridges, clean the ink cartridge contacts.
Make sure you have the following materials available:
•
Dry foam rubber swabs, lint-free cloth, or any soft material that will not come apart or
leave fibers.
TIP: Coffee filters are lint-free and work well for cleaning ink cartridges.
•
Distilled, filtered, or bottled water (tap water might contain contaminants that can
damage the ink cartridges).
CAUTION: Do not use platen cleaners or alcohol to clean the ink cartridge
contacts. These can damage the ink cartridge or the HP All-in-One.
To clean the ink cartridge contacts
1. Turn on the device and open the ink cartridge door.
The print carriage moves to the far right side of the device.
2. Wait until the print carriage is idle and silent, and then unplug the power cord from
the back of the device.
NOTE: Depending how long the HP All-in-One is unplugged, the date and time
might be erased. You might need to reset the date and time later, when you plug
the power cord back in.
3. Lightly press down on the ink cartridge to release it, and then pull it toward you, out
of the slot.
4. Inspect the ink cartridge contacts for ink and debris buildup.
5. Dip a clean foam rubber swab or lint-free cloth into distilled water, and squeeze any
excess water from it.
6. Hold the ink cartridge by its sides.
90
Solve a problem
7. Clean only the copper-colored contacts. Allow the ink cartridges to dry for
approximately ten minutes.
1
Copper-colored contacts
2
Ink nozzles (do not clean)
8. Slide the ink cartridge back into the slot. Push the ink cartridge forward until it clicks
into place.
9. Repeat if necessary for the other ink cartridge.
10. Gently close the ink cartridge door and plug the power cord into the back of the device.
Clean the area around the ink nozzles
If the device is used in a dusty environment, a small amount of debris might accumulate
inside the device. This debris can include dust, hair, carpet, or clothing fibers. When
debris gets on the ink cartridges, it can cause ink streaks and smudges on printed pages.
Ink streaking can be corrected by cleaning around the ink nozzles as described here.
NOTE: Clean the area around the ink nozzles only if you continue to see streaks
and smudges on your printed pages after you have already cleaned the ink cartridges
by using the device control panel or the software you installed with the HP All-in-One.
Make sure you have the following materials available:
•
Dry foam rubber swabs, lint-free cloth, or any soft material that will not come apart or
leave fibers.
TIP: Coffee filters are lint-free and work well for cleaning ink cartridges.
•
Distilled, filtered, or bottled water (tap water might contain contaminants that can
damage the ink cartridges).
CAUTION: Do not touch the copper-colored contacts or ink nozzles. Touching
these parts can result in clogs, ink failure, and bad electrical connections.
Clean the area around the ink nozzles
91
Chapter 7
To clean the area around the ink nozzles
1. Turn on the device and open the ink cartridge door.
The print carriage moves to the far right side of the device.
2. Wait until the print carriage is idle and silent, and then unplug the power cord from
the back of the device.
NOTE: Depending how long the HP All-in-One is unplugged, the date and time
might be erased. You might need to reset the date and time later, when you plug
the power cord back in.
3. Lightly press down on the ink cartridge to release it, and then pull it toward you out,
of the slot.
NOTE: Do not remove both ink cartridges at the same time. Remove and clean
each ink cartridge one at a time. Do not leave an ink cartridge outside the device
for more than 30 minutes.
4. Place the ink cartridge on a piece of paper with the ink nozzles facing up.
5. Lightly moisten a clean foam rubber swab with distilled water, and squeeze any
excess water from it.
6. Clean the face and edges around the ink nozzle area with the swab, as shown below.
1
Nozzle plate (do not clean)
2
Face and edges around the ink nozzle area
CAUTION: Do not clean the nozzle plate.
7. Slide the ink cartridge back into the slot. Push the ink cartridge forward until it clicks
into place.
8. Repeat if necessary for the other ink cartridge.
9. Gently close the ink cartridge door and plug the power cord into the back of the device.
Solve paper-feed problems
Media is not supported for the printer or tray
Use only media that is supported for the device and the tray being used. For more
information, see Media specifications.
92
Solve a problem
Media is not picked up from a tray
• Make sure media is loaded in the tray. For more information, see Load media. Fan
the media before loading.
• Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct markings in the tray for the media
size you are loading. Also make sure the guides are snug, but not tight, against the
stack.
• Make sure media in the tray is not curled. Uncurl paper by bending it in the opposite
direction of the curl.
• When using thin special media, make sure that the tray is completely loaded. If you
are using special media that is only available in small quantities, try placing the special
media on top of other paper of the same size to help fill the tray. (Some media is
picked up more easily if the tray is full.)
• If you are using thick special media (such as brochure paper), load media so that the
tray is between 1/4 and 3/4 full. If necessary, place the media on top of other paper
of the same size so that the stack height is within this range.
Media is not coming out correctly
• Make sure the output tray extension is extended; otherwise, printed pages may fall
off the device.
•
Remove excess media from the output tray. There is a limit to the number of sheets
the tray can hold.
Pages are skewing
• Make sure the media loaded in the trays is aligned to the paper guides. If needed,
pull out the trays from the device and reload the media properly, making sure that the
paper guides are properly aligned.
• Load media into the device only when it is not printing.
Multiple pages are being picked up
• Fan the media before loading.
• Make sure the paper guides are set to the correct markings in the tray for the media
size you are loading. Also make sure the guides are snug, but not tight, against the
stack.
• Make sure the tray is not overloaded with paper.
Solve paper-feed problems
93
Chapter 7
•
•
•
When using thin special media, make sure that the tray is completely loaded. If you
are using special media that is only available in small quantities, try placing the special
media on top of other paper of the same size to help fill the tray. (Some media is
picked up more easily if the tray is full.)
If you are using thick special media (such as brochure paper), load media so that the
tray is between 1/4 and 3/4 full. If necessary, place the media on top of other paper
of the same size so that the stack height is within this range.
Use HP media for optimum performance and efficiency.
Solve copy problems
If the following topics do not help, see HP support for information about HP support.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
No copy came out
Copies are blank
Documents are missing or faded
Size is reduced
Copy quality is poor
Copy defects are apparent
The device prints half a page, then ejects the paper
Paper mismatch
No copy came out
•
•
•
Check the power
Make sure that the power cord is securely connected, and the device turned on.
Check the status of the device
◦ The device might be busy with another job. Check the control-panel display for
information about the status of jobs. Wait for any job that is processing to finish.
◦ The device might be jammed. Check for jams. See Clear paper jams.
Check the trays
Make sure that media is loaded. See Load media for more information.
Copies are blank
•
•
•
94
Check the media
The media might not meet Hewlett-Packard media specifications (for example, the
media is too moist or too rough). See Media specifications for more information.
Check the settings
The contrast setting might be set too light. Use the Copy button on the device control
panel to create darker copies.
Check the trays
If the product has an automatic document feeder (ADF) and you are copying from the
ADF, make sure that the originals have been loaded correctly. For more information,
see Load an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF).
Solve a problem
Documents are missing or faded
•
•
•
Check the media
The media might not meet Hewlett-Packard media specifications (for example, the
media is too moist or too rough). See Media specifications for more information.
Check the settings
The quality setting of Fast (which produces draft-quality copies) might be responsible
for the missing or faded documents. Change to the Normal or Best setting.
Check the original
◦ The accuracy of the copy depends on the quality and size of the original. Use the
Copy menu to adjust the brightness of the copy. If the original is too light, the
copy might not be able to compensate, even if you adjust the contrast.
◦ Colored backgrounds might cause images in the foreground to blend into the
background, or the background might appear in a different shade.
◦ If you are copying a borderless original, load the original on the scanner glass,
not the ADF. For more information, see Load an original on the scanner glass.
Size is reduced
•
•
The reduce/enlarge or other copy feature might have been set from the device control
panel to reduce the scanned image. Check the settings for the copy job to make sure
that they are for normal size.
The HP software settings might be set to reduce the scanned image. Change the
settings, if needed. See the onscreen Help for the HP software for more information.
Copy quality is poor
•
•
Take steps to improve the copy quality
◦ Use quality originals.
◦ Load the media correctly. If the media is loaded incorrectly, it might skew, causing
unclear images. See Media specifications for more information.
◦ Use or make a carrier sheet to protect your originals.
Check the device
◦ The scanner lid might not be closed properly.
◦ The scanner glass or lid backing might need cleaning. See Maintain the device
for more information.
◦ If the product has an automatic document feeder (ADF), ADF might need
cleaning. See Maintain the device for more information.
Copy defects are apparent
•
•
•
Vertical white or faded stripes
The media might not meet Hewlett-Packard media specifications (for example, the
media is too moist or too rough). See Media specifications for more information.
Too light or dark
Try adjusting the contrast and copy-quality settings.
Unwanted lines
The scanner glass, lid backing, or frame might need cleaning. See Maintain the
device for more information.
Solve copy problems
95
Chapter 7
•
•
•
•
•
•
Black dots or streaks
Ink, glue, correction fluid, or an unwanted substance might be on the scanner glass
or lid backing. Try cleaning the device. See Maintain the device for more information.
Copy is slanted or skewed
If the product has an automatic document feeder (ADF), check the following:
◦ Make sure that the ADF input tray is not too full.
◦ Make sure that the ADF width adjusters are snug against the sides of the media.
Unclear text
◦ Try adjusting the contrast and copy-quality settings.
◦ The default enhancement setting might not be suitable for the job. Check the
setting and change it to enhance text or photographs, if needed. For more
information, see Change copy settings.
Incompletely filled text or graphics
Try adjusting the contrast and copy-quality settings.
Large, black typefaces look splotchy (not smooth)
The default enhancement setting might not be suitable for the job. Check the setting
and change it to enhance text or photographs, if needed. For more information, see
Change copy settings.
Horizontal grainy or white bands in light-gray to medium-gray areas
The default enhancement setting might not be suitable for the job. Check the setting
and change it to enhance text or photographs, if needed. For more information, see
Change copy settings.
The device prints half a page, then ejects the paper
Check the ink cartridges
Make sure the correct ink cartridges are installed and the ink cartridges are not low on
ink. For more information, see Device management tools and Check the estimated ink
levels.
HP cannot guarantee the quality of non-HP ink cartridges.
Paper mismatch
Check the settings
Verify that the loaded media size and type matches the control panel settings.
Solve scan problems
If the following topics do not help, see HP support for information about HP support.
NOTE: If you are starting the scan from a computer, see the software Help for
troubleshooting information.
•
•
•
96
Scanner did nothing
Scan takes too long
Part of the document did not scan or text is missing
Solve a problem
•
•
•
•
Text cannot be edited
Error messages appear
Scanned image quality is poor
Scan defects are apparent
Scanner did nothing
•
•
•
Check the original
Make sure that the original is placed on the scanner glass correctly. For more
information, see Load an original on the scanner glass.
Check the device
The device might be coming out of PowerSave mode after a period of inactivity, which
delays processing a short while. Wait until the device reaches the READY state.
Check the software
Make sure the software is properly installed.
Scan takes too long
•
•
Check the settings
◦ If you set the resolution too high, the scan job takes longer and results in larger
files. To obtain good results when scanning or copying, do not use a resolution
that is higher than needed. You can lower the resolution to scan more quickly.
◦ If you acquire an image through TWAIN, you can change the settings so that the
original scans in black and white. See the onscreen Help for the TWAIN program
for information.
Check the status of the device
If you sent a print or copy job before you tried to scan, the scan starts if the scanner
is not busy. However, the printing and scanning processes share memory, which
means that the scan might be slower.
Solve scan problems
97
Chapter 7
Part of the document did not scan or text is missing
•
•
Check the original
◦ Make sure that you loaded the original correctly. For more information, see Load
an original on the scanner glass.
◦ If you are copying a borderless original, load the original on the scanner glass,
not the ADF. For more information, see Load an original on the scanner glass.
◦ Colored backgrounds can cause images in the foreground to blend into the
background. Try adjusting the settings before you scan the original, or try
enhancing the image after you scan the original.
Check the settings
◦ Make sure that the input media size is large enough for the original that you are
scanning.
◦ If you are using the HP software, the default settings in the HP software might be
set to automatically perform a specific task other than the one that you are
attempting. See the onscreen Help for the HP software for instructions about
changing the properties.
◦ If you have selected a picture scanning option, the HP software automatically
crops the image. However, if you want to scan the entire page, complete the
following steps:
Windows: From the HP Solution Center software, click Scan Picture, click
Advanced Picture Settings, and then select Scan the entire glass.
Mac OS X: From the HP Scan software, click Scan, select the Picturesscan
profile, click Profile Settings, and then clear the Cropcheck box.
Text cannot be edited
•
•
98
Check the settings
◦ Make sure the HP software (or any additional OCR software) is properly installed.
◦ When you scan the original, make sure that you select a document type or save
the scan in a format that creates editable, searchable text. If text is classified as
a graphic, it is not converted to text.
◦ Your OCR program might be linked to a word-processing program that does not
perform OCR tasks. See the product software Help for more information about
linking programs.
Check the originals
◦ Make sure that you placed the original correctly on the scanner glass. For more
information, see Load an original on the scanner glass.
◦ The OCR program might not recognize text that is tightly spaced. For example, if
the text that the OCR program converts has missing or combined characters, "rn"
might appear as "m."
◦ The accuracy of the OCR program depends on the image quality, text size, and
structure of the original and the quality of the scan itself. Make sure that your
original has good image quality.
◦ Colored backgrounds can cause images in the foreground to blend too much. Try
adjusting the settings before you scan the original, or try enhancing the image
after you scan the original. If you are performing an OCR operation on an original,
any colored text on the original does not scan well, if at all.
Solve a problem
Error messages appear
"Unable to activate TWAIN source" or "An error occurred while acquiring the
image"
◦ If you are acquiring an image from another device, such as a digital camera or another
scanner, make sure that the other device is TWAIN-compliant. Devices that are not
TWAIN-compliant do not work with the device software.
◦ Make sure that you have connected the USB cable to the correct port on the back of
your computer.
◦ Verify that the correct TWAIN source is selected. In the software, check the TWAIN
source by selecting Select Scanner on the File menu.
Scanned image quality is poor
The original is a second-generation photo or picture
Reprinted photographs, such as those in newspapers or magazines, are printed by using
tiny dots of ink that make an interpretation of the original photograph, which degrades the
quality. Often, the ink dots form unwanted patterns that can be detected when the image
is scanned or printed or when the image appears on a screen. If the following suggestions
do not solve the problem, you might need to use a better-quality version of the original.
◦ To eliminate the patterns, try reducing the size of the image after scanning.
◦ Print the scanned image to see if the quality is better.
◦ Make sure that the resolution and color settings are correct for the type of scan job.
Text or images on the back of a two-sided original appear in the scan
Two-sided originals can "bleed" text or images from the back side to the scan if the
originals are printed on media that is too thin or too transparent.
The scanned image is skewed (crooked)
The original might have been placed incorrectly. Be sure to use the media guides when
you place the original on the scanner glass. For more information, see Load an original
on the scanner glass.
The image quality is better when printed
The image that appears on the screen is not always an accurate representation of the
quality of the scan.
◦ Try adjusting your computer monitor settings to use more colors (or levels of gray).
On Windows computers, you typically make this adjustment by opening Display on
the Windows control panel.
◦ Try adjusting the resolution and color settings.
The scanned image shows blots, lines, vertical white stripes, or other defects
◦ If the scanner glass is dirty, the image produced does not have optimum clarity. See
Maintain the device for cleaning instructions.
◦ The defects might be on the original and not a result of the scanning process.
Graphics look different from the original
The graphics settings might not be suitable for the type of scan job that you are
performing. Try changing the graphics settings.
Solve scan problems
99
Chapter 7
Take steps to improve the scan quality
◦ Use high-quality originals.
◦ Place the media correctly. If the media is placed incorrectly on the scanner glass, it
might skew, which causes unclear images. For more information, see Load an original
on the scanner glass.
◦ Adjust the software settings according to how you plan to use the scanned page.
◦ Use or make a carrier sheet to protect your originals.
◦ Clean the scanner glass. See Clean the scanner glass for more information.
Scan defects are apparent
•
•
•
•
•
•
Blank pages
Make sure that the original document is placed correctly. Place the original document
face down on the flatbed scanner with the top-left corner of the document located in
the lower-right corner of the scanner glass.
Too light or dark
◦ Try adjusting the settings. Be sure to use the correct resolution and color settings.
◦ The original image might be very light or dark or might be printed on colored paper.
Unwanted lines
Ink, glue, correction fluid, or an unwanted substance might be on the scanner glass.
Try cleaning the scanner glass. See Maintain the device for more information.
Black dots or streaks
◦ Ink, glue, correction fluid, or an unwanted substance might be on the scanner
glass, the scanner glass might be dirty or scratched, or the lid backing might be
dirty. Try cleaning the scanner glass and lid backing. See Maintain the device for
more information. If cleaning does not correct the problem, the scanner glass or
lid backing might need to be replaced.
◦ The defects might be on the original and not a result of the scanning process.
Unclear text
Try adjusting the settings. Make sure that the resolution and color settings are correct.
Size is reduced
The HP software settings might be set to reduce the scanned image. See the product
software Help for more information about changing the settings.
Solve fax problems
This section contains fax setup troubleshooting information for the device. If the device
is not set up properly for faxing, you might experience problems when sending faxes,
receiving faxes, or both.
If you are having faxing problems, you can print a fax test report to check the status of
the device. The test will fail if the device is not set up properly for faxing. Perform this test
after you have completed setting up the device for faxing. For more information, see Test
fax setup.
100
Solve a problem
If the test fails, review the report for information on how to fix any problems found. For
more information, see The fax test failed.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The fax test failed
The display always shows Phone Off Hook
The device is having problems sending and receiving faxes
The device is having problems sending a manual fax
The device cannot receive faxes, but can send faxes
The device cannot send faxes, but can receive faxes
Fax tones are recorded on my answering machine
The phone cord that came with my device is not long enough
Color faxes do not print
The computer cannot receive faxes (Fax to PC and Fax to Mac)
The fax test failed
If you ran a fax test and the test failed, review the report for basic information about the
error. For more detailed information, check the report to see which part of the test failed,
and then review the appropriate topic in this section for solutions to try.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
The "Fax Hardware Test" failed
The "Fax Connected to Active Telephone Wall Jack" test failed
The "Phone Cord Connected to Correct Port on Fax" test failed
The "Using Correct Type of Phone Cord with Fax" test failed
The "Dial Tone Detection" test failed
The "Fax Line Condition" test failed
The "Fax Hardware Test" failed
Solution:
• Turn off the device by using the Power button located on the device control panel
and then unplug the power cord from the back of the device. After a few seconds,
plug the power cord in again, and then turn the power on. Run the test again. If
the test fails again, continue reviewing the troubleshooting information in this
section.
• Try to send or receive a test fax. If you can send or receive a fax successfully,
there might not be a problem.
• If you are running the test from the Fax Setup Wizard (Windows) or HP Setup
Assitant (Mac OS X), make sure the device is not busy completing another task,
such as receiving a fax or making a copy. Check the display for a message
indicating that the device is busy. If it is busy, wait until it is finished and in the idle
state before running the test.
Solve fax problems
101
Chapter 7
•
•
Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the device. If you do not use
the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,
you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After you plug in the phone cord
that came with the device, run the fax test again.
If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is a
two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the splitter
and connecting the device directly to the telephone wall jack.
After you resolve any problems found, run the fax test again to make sure it passes
and the device is ready for faxing. If the Fax Hardware Test continues to fail and you
experience problems faxing, contact HP support. Go to www.hp.com/support. If
prompted, choose your country/region, and then click Contact HP for information on
calling for technical support.
The "Fax Connected to Active Telephone Wall Jack" test failed
Solution:
• Check the connection between the telephone wall jack and the device to make
sure the phone cord is secure.
• Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the device. If you do not use
the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,
you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After you plug in the phone cord
that came with the device, run the fax test again.
• Make sure you have correctly connected the device to the telephone wall jack.
Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your
telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the
back of the device. For more information on setting up the device for faxing, see
Additional fax setup.
• If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is a
two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the splitter
and connecting the device directly to the telephone wall jack.
• Try connecting a working phone and phone cord to the telephone wall jack that
you are using for the device and check for a dial tone. If you do not hear a dial
tone, contact your telephone company and have them check the line.
• Try to send or receive a test fax. If you can send or receive a fax successfully,
there might not be a problem.
After you resolve any problems found, run the fax test again to make sure it passes
and the device is ready for faxing.
102
Solve a problem
The "Phone Cord Connected to Correct Port on Fax" test failed
Solution: Plug the phone cord into the correct port.
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your
telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the
back of the device.
NOTE: If you use the 2-EXT port to connect to the telephone wall jack, you
will not be able to send or receive faxes. The 2-EXT port should only be used
to connect other equipment, such as an answering machine.
Figure 7-1 Back view of the device
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the "1-LINE" port
2. After you have connected the phone cord to the port labeled 1-LINE, run the fax
test again to make sure it passes and the device is ready for faxing.
3. Try to send or receive a test fax.
• Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the device. If you do not use
the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,
you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After you plug in the phone cord
that came with the device, run the fax test again.
• If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is a
two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the splitter
and connecting the device directly to the telephone wall jack.
The "Using Correct Type of Phone Cord with Fax" test failed
Solution:
• Make sure you used the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect
to the telephone wall jack. One end of the phone cord should be connected to the
Solve fax problems
103
Chapter 7
port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device, and the other end to your telephone
wall jack, as shown below.
•
•
•
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the "1-LINE" port
If the phone cord that came with the device is not long enough, you can use a
coupler to extend the length. You can purchase a coupler at an electronics store
that carries phone accessories. You will also need another phone cord, which can
be a standard phone cord that you might already have in your home or office.
Check the connection between the telephone wall jack and the device to make
sure the phone cord is secure.
Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the device. If you do not use
the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,
you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After you plug in the phone cord
that came with the device, run the fax test again.
If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is a
two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the splitter
and connecting the device directly to the telephone wall jack.
The "Dial Tone Detection" test failed
Solution:
• Other equipment, which uses the same phone line as the device, might be causing
the test to fail. To find out if other equipment is causing a problem, disconnect
everything from the phone line, and then run the test again. If the Dial Tone
Detection Test passes without the other equipment, then one or more pieces of
the equipment is causing problems; try adding them back one at a time and
rerunning the test each time, until you identify which piece of equipment is causing
the problem.
• Try connecting a working phone and phone cord to the telephone wall jack that
you are using for the device and check for a dial tone. If you do not hear a dial
tone, contact your telephone company and have them check the line.
104
Solve a problem
•
•
•
•
•
•
Make sure you have correctly connected the device to the telephone wall jack.
Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your
telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the
back of the device.
If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is a
two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the splitter
and connecting the device directly to the telephone wall jack.
If your telephone system is not using a standard dial tone, such as some PBX
systems, this might cause the test to fail. This will not cause a problem sending
or receiving faxes. Try sending or receiving a test fax.
Check to make sure the country/region setting is set appropriately for your
country/region. If the country/region setting is not set or is set incorrectly, the test
might fail and you might have problems sending and receiving faxes.
Make sure you connect the device to an analog phone line or you will not be able
to send or receive faxes. To check if your phone line is digital, connect a regular
analog phone to the line and listen for a dial tone. If you do not hear a normal
sounding dial tone, it might be a phone line set up for digital phones. Connect the
device to an analog phone line and try sending or receiving a fax.
Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the device. If you do not use
the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,
you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After you plug in the phone cord
that came with the device, run the fax test again.
After you resolve any problems found, run the fax test again to make sure it passes
and the device is ready for faxing. If the Dial Tone Detection test continues to fail,
contact your telephone company and have them check the phone line.
The "Fax Line Condition" test failed
Solution:
• Make sure you connect the device to an analog phone line or you will not be able
to send or receive faxes. To check if your phone line is digital, connect a regular
analog phone to the line and listen for a dial tone. If you do not hear a normal
sounding dial tone, it might be a phone line set up for digital phones. Connect the
device to an analog phone line and try sending or receiving a fax.
• Check the connection between the telephone wall jack and the device to make
sure the phone cord is secure.
• Make sure you have correctly connected the device to the telephone wall jack.
Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your
telephone wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the
back of the device.
Solve fax problems
105
Chapter 7
•
•
•
Other equipment, which uses the same phone line as the device, might be causing
the test to fail. To find out if other equipment is causing a problem, disconnect
everything from the phone line, and then run the test again.
◦ If the Fax Line Condition Test passes without the other equipment, then one
or more pieces of the equipment is causing problems; try adding them back
one at a time and rerunning the test each time, until you identify which piece
of equipment is causing the problem.
◦ If the Fax Line Condition Test fails without the other equipment, connect the
device to a working phone line and continue reviewing the troubleshooting
information in this section.
If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is a
two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the splitter
and connecting the device directly to the telephone wall jack.
Make sure you use the phone cord that came with the device. If you do not use
the supplied phone cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,
you might not be able to send or receive faxes. After you plug in the phone cord
that came with the device, run the fax test again.
After you resolve any problems found, run the fax test again to make sure it passes
and the device is ready for faxing. If the Fax Line Condition test continues to fail and
you experience problems faxing, contact your telephone company and have them
check the phone line.
The display always shows Phone Off Hook
Solution: You are using the wrong type of phone cord. Make sure you are using
the phone cord that came with the device to connect the device to your phone line. If
the phone cord that came with the device is not long enough, you can use a coupler
to extend the length. You can purchase a coupler at an electronics store that carries
phone accessories. You will also need another phone cord, which can be a standard
phone cord that you might already have in your home or office.
Solution: Other equipment that uses the same phone line as the device might be
in use. Make sure extension phones (phones on the same phone line, but not
connected to the device) or other equipment are not in use or off the hook. For
example, you cannot use the device for faxing if an extension phone is off the hook,
or if you are using a computer dial-up modem to send e-mail or access the Internet.
The device is having problems sending and receiving faxes
Solution: Make sure the device is turned on. Look at the display on the device. If
the display is blank and the Power light is not lit, the device is turned off. Make sure
the power cord is firmly connected to the device and plugged into a power outlet.
Press the Power button to turn on the device.
After turning on the device, HP recommends you wait five minutes before sending or
receiving a fax. The device cannot send or receive faxes while it is initializing after
being turned on.
106
Solve a problem
Solution: If Fax to PC or Fax to Mac has been enabled, you may not be able to
send or receive faxes if the fax memory is full (limited by device memory).
Solution:
• Make sure you used the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect
to the telephone wall jack. One end of the phone cord should be connected to the
port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device and the other end to your telephone
wall jack, as shown below.
•
•
•
•
•
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the "1-LINE" port
If the phone cord that came with the device is not long enough, you can use a
coupler to extend the length. You can purchase a coupler at an electronics store
that carries phone accessories. You will also need another phone cord, which can
be a standard phone cord that you might already have in your home or office.
Try connecting a working phone and phone cord to the telephone wall jack that
you are using for the device and check for a dial tone. If you do not hear a dial
tone, call your local telephone company for service.
Other equipment, which uses the same phone line as the device, might be in use.
For example, you cannot use the device for faxing if an extension phone is off the
hook, or if you are using a computer dial-up modem to send an e-mail or access
the Internet.
Check to see if another process has caused an error. Check the display or your
computer for an error message providing information about the problem and how
to solve it. If there is an error, the device will not send or receive a fax until the
error condition is resolved.
The phone line connection might be noisy. Phone lines with poor sound quality
(noise) can cause faxing problems. Check the sound quality of the phone line by
plugging a phone into the telephone wall jack and listening for static or other noise.
If you hear noise, turn Error Correction Mode (ECM) off and try faxing again.
For information about changing ECM, see the onscreen Help. If the problem
persists, contact your telephone company.
If you are using a digital subscriber line (DSL) service, make sure that you have
a DSL filter connected or you will not be able to fax successfully. For more
information, see Case B: Set up the device with DSL.
Solve fax problems
107
Chapter 7
•
•
•
Make sure the device is not connected to a telephone wall jack that is set up for
digital phones. To check if your phone line is digital, connect a regular analog
phone to the line and listen for a dial tone. If you do not hear a normal sounding
dial tone, it might be a phone line set up for digital phones.
If you are using either a private branch exchange (PBX) or an integrated services
digital network (ISDN) converter/terminal adapter, make sure the device is
connected to the correct port and the terminal adapter is set to the correct switch
type for your country/region, if possible. For more information, see Case C: Set
up the device with a PBX phone system or an ISDN line.
If the device shares the same phone line with a DSL service, the DSL modem
might not be properly grounded. If the DSL modem is not properly grounded, it
can create noise on the phone line. Phone lines with poor sound quality (noise)
can cause faxing problems. You can check the sound quality of the phone line by
plugging a phone into the telephone wall jack and listening for static or other noise.
If you hear noise, turn off your DSL modem and completely remove power for at
least 15 minutes. Turn the DSL modem back on and listen to the dial tone again.
NOTE: You might notice static on the phone line again in the future. If the
device stops sending and receiving faxes, repeat this process.
•
If the phone line is still noisy, contact your telephone company. For information
on turning your DSL modem off, contact your DSL provider for support.
If you are using a phone splitter, this can cause faxing problems. (A splitter is a
two-cord connector that plugs into a telephone wall jack.) Try removing the splitter
and connecting the device directly to the telephone wall jack.
The device is having problems sending a manual fax
Solution:
NOTE: This possible solution applies only in the countries/regions that receive
a 2-wire phone cord in the box with the device, including: Argentina, Australia,
Brazil, Canada, Chile, China, Colombia, Greece, India, Indonesia, Ireland, Japan,
Korea, Latin America, Malaysia, Mexico, Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Russia,
Saudi Arabia, Singapore, Spain, Taiwan, Thailand, USA, Venezuela, and
Vietnam.
108
Solve a problem
•
•
Make sure the telephone you use to initiate the fax call is connected directly to
the device. To send a fax manually, the telephone must be connected directly to
the port labeled 2-EXT on the device, as shown below.
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the "1-LINE" port
3
Telephone
If you are sending a fax manually from your phone that is connected directly to
the device, you must use the keypad on the telephone to send the fax. You cannot
use the keypad on the device control panel of the device.
NOTE: If using a serial-type phone system, please connect your phone
directly on top of the device cable which has a wall plug attached to it.
The device cannot receive faxes, but can send faxes
Solution:
• If you are not using a distinctive ring service, check to make sure that the
Distinctive Ring feature on the device is set to All Rings. For more information,
see Change the answer ring pattern for distinctive ring.
• If Auto Answer is set to Off, you will need to receive faxes manually; otherwise,
the device will not receive the fax. For information on receiving faxes manually,
see Receive a fax manually.
• If you have a voice mail service at the same phone number you use for fax calls,
you must receive faxes manually, not automatically. This means that you must be
available to respond in person to incoming fax calls. For information on setting up
the device when you have a voice mail service, see Case F: Shared voice/fax line
with voice mail. For information on receiving faxes manually, see Receive a fax
manually.
• If you have a computer dial-up modem on the same phone line with the device,
check to make sure that the software that came with your modem is not set to
receive faxes automatically. Modems that are set up to receive faxes
automatically take over the phone line to receive all incoming faxes, which
prevents the device from receiving fax calls.
Solve fax problems
109
Chapter 7
•
If you have an answering machine on the same phone line with the device, you
might have one of the following problems:
◦ Your answering machine might not be set up properly with the device.
◦ Your outgoing message might be too long or too loud to allow the device to
detect fax tones, and the sending fax machine might disconnect.
◦ Your answering machine might not have enough quiet time after your outgoing
message to allow the device to detect fax tones. This problem is most
common with digital answering machines.
The following actions might help solve these problems:
◦ When you have an answering machine on the same phone line you use for
fax calls, try connecting the answering machine directly to the device as
described in Case I: Shared voice/fax line with answering machine.
◦ Make sure the device is set to receive faxes automatically. For information on
setting up the device to receive faxes automatically, see Receive a fax.
◦ Make sure the Rings to Answer setting is set to a greater number of rings
than the answering machine. For more information, see Set the number of
rings before answering.
◦ Disconnect the answering machine and then try receiving a fax. If faxing is
successful without the answering machine, the answering machine might be
causing the problem.
◦ Reconnect the answering machine and record your outgoing message again.
Record a message that is approximately 10 seconds in duration. Speak slowly
and at a low volume when recording your message. Leave at least 5 seconds
of silence at the end of the voice message. There should be no background
noise when recording this silent time. Try to receive a fax again.
NOTE: Some digital answering machines might not retain the recorded
silence at the end of your outgoing message. Play back your outgoing
message to check.
•
•
110
If the device shares the same phone line with other types of phone equipment,
such as an answering machine, a computer dial-up modem, or a multi-port switch
box, the fax signal level might be reduced. The signal level can also be reduced
if you use a splitter or connect extra cables to extend the length of your phone. A
reduced fax signal can cause problems during fax reception.
To find out if other equipment is causing a problem, disconnect everything except
the device from the phone line, and then try to receive a fax. If you can receive
faxes successfully without the other equipment, one or more pieces of the other
equipment is causing problems; try adding them back one at a time and receiving
a fax each time, until you identify which equipment is causing the problem.
If you have a special ring pattern for your fax phone number (using a distinctive
ring service through your telephone company), make sure that the Distinctive
Ring feature on the device is set to match. For more information, see Change the
answer ring pattern for distinctive ring.
Solve a problem
The device cannot send faxes, but can receive faxes
Solution:
• The device might be dialing too fast or too soon. You might need to insert some
pauses in the number sequence. For example, if you need to access an outside
line before dialing the phone number, insert a pause following the access number.
If your number is 95555555, and 9 accesses an outside line, you might insert
pauses as follows: 9-555-5555. To enter a pause in the fax number you are typing,
press Redial/Pause, or press the Space (#) button repeatedly, until a dash (-)
appears on the display.
You can also send the fax using monitor dialing. This enables you to listen to the
phone line as you dial. You can set the pace of your dialing and respond to
prompts as you dial. For more information, see Send a fax using monitor
dialing.
• The number you entered when sending the fax is not in the proper format or the
receiving fax machine is having problems. To check this, try calling the fax number
from a telephone and listen for fax tones. If you cannot hear fax tones, the
receiving fax machine might not be turned on or connected, or a voice mail service
could be interfering with the recipient's phone line. You can also ask the recipient
to check the receiving fax machine for any problems.
Fax tones are recorded on my answering machine
Solution:
• When you have an answering machine on the same phone line you use for fax
calls, try connecting the answering machine directly to the device as described in
Case I: Shared voice/fax line with answering machine. If you do not connect the
answering machine as recommended, fax tones might be recorded on your
answering machine.
• Make sure the device is set to receive faxes automatically and that the Rings to
Answer setting is correct. The number of rings to answer for the device should
be greater than the number of rings to answer for the answering machine. If the
answering machine and the device are set to the same number of rings to answer,
both devices answer the call and fax tones are recorded on the answering
machine.
• Set your answering machine to a low number of rings and the device to answer
in the maximum number of rings supported. (The maximum number of rings varies
by country/region.) In this setup, the answering machine answers the call and the
device monitors the line. If the device detects fax tones, the device receives the
fax. If the call is a voice call, the answering machine records the incoming
message. For more information, see Set the number of rings before answering.
The phone cord that came with my device is not long enough
Solution: If the phone cord that came with the device is not long enough, you can
use a coupler to extend the length. You can purchase a coupler at an electronics store
that carries phone accessories. You will also need another phone cord, which can be
a standard phone cord that you might already have in your home or office.
Solve fax problems
111
Chapter 7
TIP: If the device came with a 2-wire phone cord adaptor, you can use it with a
4-wire phone cord to extend the length. For information on using the 2-wire phone
cord adaptor, see the documentation that came with it.
To extend your phone cord
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to the
coupler, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the
device.
2. Connect another phone cord to the open port on the coupler and to the telephone
wall jack.
Color faxes do not print
Cause:
The Incoming Fax Printing option is turned off.
Solution: To print color faxes, make sure that the Incoming Fax Printing option in
the device control panel is turned on.
The computer cannot receive faxes (Fax to PC and Fax to Mac)
Cause:
The HP Digital Imaging monitor is turned off (Windows).
Solution: Check the taskbar and ensure that the HP Digital Imaging monitor is
turned on at all times.
Cause:
The computer selected to receive faxes is turned off.
Solution:
times.
Make sure the computer selected to receive faxes is switched on at all
Cause: Different computers are configured for setup and receiving faxes and one
of them may be switched off.
Solution: If the computer receiving faxes is different from the one used for setup,
both computers should be switched on at all times.
Cause: Fax to PC or Fax to Mac is not activated or the computer is not configured
to receive faxes.
Solution: Activate Fax to PC or Fax to Mac and make sure the computer is
configured to receive faxes.
Cause:
HP Digital Imaging Monitor is not operating properly (Windows).
Solution:
112
Solve a problem
Restart the HP Digital Imaging Monitor or restart the computer.
Solve wired (Ethernet) network problems (some models
only)
If you are unable to connect the product to your wired (Ethernet) network, perform one
or more of the following tasks.
NOTE: After correcting any of the following, run the installation program again.
•
•
General network troubleshooting
Network port created does not match device IP address (Windows)
General network troubleshooting
If you are unable to install the device software, verify that:
•
•
•
•
All cable connections to the computer and the device are secure.
The network is operational and the network hub is turned on.
All applications, including virus protection programs, spyware protection programs,
and firewalls, are closed or disabled for computers running Windows
The device is installed on the same subnet as the computers that will be using the
device.
If the installation program cannot discover the device, print the network configuration
page, and enter the IP address manually in the installation program. For more information,
see Understand the network configuration page (some models only).
Though it is not recommended that you assign the device with a static IP address, you
might resolve some installation problems (such as a conflict with a personal firewall) by
doing so.
Network port created does not match device IP address (Windows)
If you are using a computer running Windows, make sure that the network ports created
in the device driver match the device IP address:
1. Print the device’s network configuration page
2. Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes.
- or Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Printers.
3. Right-click the device icon, click Properties, and then click the Ports tab.
4. Select the TCP/IP port for the device, and then click Configure Port.
5. Compare the IP address listed in the dialog box and make sure it matches the IP
address listed on the network configuration page. If the IP addresses are different,
change the IP address in the dialog box to match the address on the network
configuration page.
6. Click OK twice to save the settings and close the dialog boxes.
Solve wired (Ethernet) network problems (some models only)
113
Chapter 7
Solve wireless problems (some models only)
If the device is unable to communicate with the network after completing the wireless
setup and software installation, perform one or more of the following tasks in the order
shown below.
•
•
Basic wireless troubleshooting
Advanced wireless troubleshooting
Basic wireless troubleshooting
Perform the following steps in the order presented.
NOTE: If this is the first time you are setting up the wireless connection, and you are
using the included software, make sure that the USB cable is connected to the device
and the computer.
Step 1 - Make sure the wireless (802.11) light is turned on
If the blue light near the HP device's wireless button is not lit, the wireless capabilities
might not have been turned on. To turn on wireless, press and hold the Wireless button
for three seconds.
NOTE: If your HP device supports Ethernet networking, make sure that an Ethernet
cable has not been connected to the device. Connecting an Ethernet cable turns off
the HP device's wireless capabilities.
Step 2 - Restart components of the wireless network
Turn off the router and the HP device, and then turn them back on in this order: router
first and then the HP device. If you still are unable to connect, turn off the router, HP
device, and your computer. Sometimes, turning off the power and then turning it back on
will recover a network communication issue.
Step 3 - Run the Wireless Network Test
For wireless networking issues, run the Wireless Network Test. To print a Wireless
Network Test page, press the Wireless button. If a problem is detected, the printed test
report will include recommendations that might help solve the problem.
Advanced wireless troubleshooting
If you have tried the suggestions provided in the Basic troubleshooting section and are
still unable to connect to your HP device to the wireless network, try the following
suggestions in the order presented:
•
•
•
•
114
Step 1: Make sure your computer is connected to your network
Step 2: Make sure that the HP device is connected to your network
Step 3: Check to see if the firewall software is blocking communication
Step 4: Make sure the HP device is online and ready
Solve a problem
•
•
•
Step 5: Make sure the wireless version of the HP device is set as the default printer
driver (Windows only)
Step 6: Make sure the HP Network Devices Support service is running (Windows
only)
Add hardware addresses to a wireless access point (WAP)
Step 1: Make sure your computer is connected to your network
To check a wired (Ethernet) connection
▲ Many computers have indicator lights beside the port where the Ethernet cable from
the router connects to your computer. Usually there are two indicator lights, one that
is on and another that blinks. If your computer has indicator lights, check to see if the
indicator lights are on. If the lights are not on, try reconnecting the Ethernet cable to
the computer and the router. If you still do not see lights, there might be a problem
with the router, the Ethernet cable, or your computer.
NOTE: Macintosh computers do not have indicator lights. To check the Ethernet
connection on a Macintosh computer, click System Preferences in the Dock, and
then click Network. If the Ethernet connection is working correctly, Built-in
Ethernet appears in the list of connections, along with the IP address and other
status information. If Built-in Ethernet does not appear in the list, there might be
a problem with the router, the Ethernet cable, or your computer. For more
information, click the Help button in the window.
To check a wireless connection
1. Make sure that your computer's wireless has been turned on. (For more information,
see the documentation that came with your computer.)
2. If you are not using a unique network name (SSID), then it is possible that your
wireless computer could be connected to a nearby network that is not yours.
The following steps can help you determine if your computer is connected to your
network.
Windows
a. Click Start, click Control Panel, point to Network Connections, and then click
View Network Status and Tasks.
or
Click Start, select Settings, click Control Panel, double-click Network
Connections, click the View menu, and then select Details.
Leave the network dialog box open while you continue to the next step.
b. Disconnect the power cord from the wireless router. The connection status of your
computer should change to Not Connected.
c. Reconnect the power cord to the wireless router. The connection status should
change to Connected.
Solve wireless problems (some models only)
115
Chapter 7
Mac OS X
▲ Click the AirPort icon in the menu bar at the top of the screen. From the menu
that appears, you can determine if the AirPort is turned on and which wireless
network your computer is connected to.
NOTE: For more detailed information about your AirPort connection, click
System Preferences in the Dock, and then click Network. If the wireless
connection is working correctly, a green dot appears next to AirPort in the list
of connections. For more information, click the Help button in the window.
If you are unable to get your computer connected to your network, contact the person
who set up your network or the router manufacturer as there might be a hardware issue
with either your router or computer.
If you are able to access the Internet and are using a computer running Windows, you
can also access HP Network Assistant at www.hp.com/sbso/wireless/tools-setup.html?
jumpid=reg_R1002_USEN for help in setting up a network. (This Web site is only
available in English.)
Step 2: Make sure that the HP device is connected to your network
If your device is not connected to the same network as your computer, you will not be
able to use the HP device over the network. Follow the steps described in this section to
find out if your device is actively connected to the correct network.
NOTE: If your wireless router or Apple AirPort Base Station is using a hidden SSID,
your HP device will not automatically detect the network.
A: Make sure the HP device is on the network
1. If the HP device supports Ethernet networking and is connected to an Ethernet
network, make sure an Ethernet cable is not plugged into the back of the device. If
an Ethernet cable is plugged into the back, then wireless connectivity is disabled.
2. If the HP device is connected to a wireless network, print the device's Wireless
Configuration page. For more information, see Understand the network configuration
page (some models only).
▲ After the page has been printed, check the Network Status and URL:
Network Status
•
•
URL
116
Solve a problem
If the Network Status is Ready, the HP
device is actively connected to a
network.
If the Network Status is Offline, the HP
device is not connected to a network.
Run the Wireless Network Test (using
the instructions at the beginning of this
section) and follow any
recommendations.
The URL shown here is the network
address assigned to the HP device by your
router. You will need this to connect to the
embedded Web server.
B: Check to see if you can access the embedded Web server (EWS)
▲ After you establish that the computer and the HP device both have active connections
to a network, you can verify if they are on the same network by accessing the device's
embedded Web server (EWS). For more information, see Embedded Web server
(some models only).
To access the EWS
a. On your computer, open the Web browser you normally use to access the Internet
(for example, Internet Explorer or Safari). In the address box, type the URL of the
HP device as it was shown on the Network Configuration Page (for example,
http://192.168.1.101).
NOTE: If you are using a proxy server in your browser, you might need to
disable it to access the EWS.
b. If you can access the EWS, try using the HP device over the network (such as to
print) to see if your network setup was successful.
c. If you cannot access the EWS or are still having problems using the HP device
over the network, continue to the next section regarding firewalls.
Step 3: Check to see if the firewall software is blocking communication
If you cannot access the EWS and are sure both the computer and HP device have active
connections to the same network, the firewall security software might be blocking
communication. Temporarily turn off any firewall security software running on your
computer and then try to access the EWS again. If you can access the EWS, try using
the HP device (for printing).
If you are able to access the EWS and use your HP device with the firewall turned off,
you will need to reconfigure your firewall settings to allow the computer and HP device
to communicate with each other over the network. For more information, see Configure
your firewall to work with HP devices.
If you are able to access the EWS, but are still unable to use the HP device even with the
firewall turned off, try enabling the firewall software to recognize the HP device.
Step 4: Make sure the HP device is online and ready
If you have the HP software installed, you can check the HP device’s status from your
computer to see if the device is paused or offline, preventing you from using it.
To check the HP device’s status, complete the following steps:
Windows
1. Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes.
- Or Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Printers.
2. If the printers on your computer are not being displayed in Details view, click the
View menu, and then click Details.
Solve wireless problems (some models only)
117
Chapter 7
3. Do one of the following, depending on the printer status:
a. If the HP device is Offline, right-click the device, and click Use Printer Online.
b. If the HP device is Paused, right-click the device, and click Resume Printing.
4. Try using the HP device over the network.
Mac OS X
1. Click System Preferences in the Dock, and then click Print & Fax.
2. Select the HP device, and the click Print Queue.
3. If Jobs Stopped appears in the window that appears, click Start Jobs.
If you can use the HP device after performing the steps above but find that the symptoms
persist as you continue to use the device, your firewall might be interfering. If you still
cannot use the HP device over the network, continue to the next section for additional
troubleshooting help.
Step 5: Make sure the wireless version of the HP device is set as the default printer
driver (Windows only)
If you install the software again, the installer might create a second version of the printer
driver in your Printers or Printers and Faxes folder. If you have difficulties printing or
connecting to the HP device, make sure the correct version of the printer driver is set as
the default.
1. Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes.
- Or Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Printers.
2. Determine if the version of the printer driver in the Printers or Printers and Faxes
folder is connected wirelessly:
a. Right-click the printer icon, and then click Properties, Document Defaults, or
Printing Preferences.
b. On the Ports tab, look for a port in the list with a checkmark. The version of the
printer driver that is connected wirelessly has Standard TCP/IP Port as the Port
description, next to the checkmark.
3. Right-click the printer icon for the version of the printer driver that is connected
wirelessly, and select Set as Default Printer.
NOTE: If there is more than one icon in the folder for the HP device, right-click the
printer icon for the version of the printer driver that is connected wirelessly, and select
Set as Default Printer.
Step 6: Make sure the HP Network Devices Support service is running (Windows
only)
To restart the HP Network Device Support service
1. Delete any print jobs currently in the print queue.
2. On the desktop, right-click My Computer or Computer, and then click Manage.
3. Double-click Services and Applications, and then click Services.
118
Solve a problem
4. Scroll down the list of services, right click HP Network Devices Support, and then
click Restart.
5. After the service restarts, try using the HP device over the network again.
If you are able to use the HP device over the network, your network setup was successful.
If you still cannot use the HP device over the network or if you have to periodically perform
this step in order to use your device over the network, your firewall might be interfering.
If this still does not work, there might be a problem with your network configuration or
router. Contact the person who set up your network or the router manufacturer for help.
Add hardware addresses to a wireless access point (WAP)
MAC filtering is a security feature in which a wireless access point (WAP) is configured
with a list of MAC addresses (also called “hardware addresses”) of devices that are
allowed to gain access to the network through the WAP. If the WAP does not have the
hardware address of a device attempting to access the network, the WAP denies the
device access to the network. If the WAP filters MAC addresses, then the device’s MAC
address must be added to the WAP’s list of accepted MAC addresses.
•
•
Print the network configuration page. For more information, see Understand the
network configuration page (some models only).
Open the WAP’s configuration utility, and add the device’s hardware address to the
list of accepted MAC addresses.
Configure your firewall to work with HP devices
A personal firewall, which is security software running on your computer, can block
network communication between your HP device and your computer.
If you are having problems such as:
•
•
•
•
Printer not found when installing HP software
Unable to print, print job stuck in queue or printer goes offline
Scan communication errors or scanner busy messages
Unable to see printer status on your computer
The firewall might be preventing your HP device from notifying computers on your network
where it can be found. If the HP software cannot find the HP device during installation
(and you know the HP device is on the network), or you have already successfully
installed HP software and experience problems, try the following:
1. If you are using a computer running Windows, in the firewall configuration utility, look
for an option to trust computers on the local subnet (sometimes called the “scope“ or
“zone“). By trusting all computers on the local subnet, computers and devices in your
home or office can communicate with each other while still being protected from the
internet. This is the easiest approach to use.
2. If you do not have the option to trust computers on the local subnet, add incoming
UDP port 427 to your firewall’s list of allowed ports.
NOTE: Not all firewalls require you to differentiate between incoming and
outgoing ports, but some do.
Configure your firewall to work with HP devices
119
Chapter 7
Another common problem is that HP software is not set as a trusted software by your
firewall to access the network. This can happen if you answered “block“ to any firewall
dialog boxes that appeared when you installed the HP software.
If this occurs, and if you are using a computer running Windows, check that the following
programs are in your firewall’s list of trusted applications; add any that are missing.
•
•
•
•
•
hpqkygrp.exe, located in C:\program files\HP\digital imaging\bin
hpqscnvw.exe, located in C:\program files\HP\digital imaging\bin
- or hpiscnapp.exe, located in C:\program files\HP\digital imaging\bin
hpqste08.exe, located in C:\program files\HP\digital imaging\bin
hpqtra08.exe, located in C:\program files\HP\digital imaging\bin
hpqthb08.exe, located in C:\program files\HP\digital imaging\bin
NOTE: Refer to your firewall documentation on how to configure the firewall port
settings and how to add HP files to the “trusted“ list.
Some firewalls continue to cause interference even after you disable them. If you
continue to have problems after configuring the firewall as described above and if you
are using a computer running Windows, you might need to uninstall the firewall
software in order to use the HP device over the network.
Advanced firewall information
The following ports are also used by your HP device and might need to be opened on
your firewall configuration. Incoming ports (UDP) are destination ports on the computer
while outgoing ports (TCP) are destination ports on the HP device.
•
•
Incoming (UDP) ports: 137, 138, 161, 427
Outgoing (TCP) ports: 137, 139, 427, 9100, 9220, 9500
The ports are used for the following functions:
Printing
• UDP ports: 427, 137, 161
• TCP port: 9100
Photo card upload
• UDP ports: 137, 138, 427
• TCP port: 139
Scanning
• UDP port: 427
• TCP ports: 9220, 9500
HP device status
UDP port: 161
120
Solve a problem
Faxing
• UDP port: 427
• TCP port: 9220
HP device installation
UDP port: 427
Solve device management problems
This section provide solutions to common problems that involve managing the device.
This section contains the following topic:
NOTE: To use the embedded Web server (EWS), the product must be connected
to a network using either an Ethernet or a wireless connection. You cannot use the
embedded Web server if the product is connected to a computer with a USB cable.
•
•
Embedded Web server cannot be opened
The EWS is only available in English
Embedded Web server cannot be opened
Check your network setup
• Make sure you are not using a phone cord or a crossover cable to connect the device
to the network.
• Make sure the network cable is securely connected to the device.
• Make sure the network hub, switch, or router is turned on and working properly.
Check the computer
Make sure the computer that you are using is connected to the network.
NOTE: To use the embedded Web server (EWS), the product must be connected
to a network using either an Ethernet or a wireless connection. You cannot use the
embedded Web server if the product is connected to a computer with a USB cable.
Check your Web browser
• Make sure the Web browser meets the minimum system requirements. For more
information, see System requirements.
• If your Web browser uses any proxy settings to connect to the Internet, try turning off
these settings. For more information, the documentation available with your Web
browser.
Solve device management problems
121
Chapter 7
Check the device IP address
• To check the IP address of the product, obtain the IP address by printing a network
configuration page. Press the Setup button, select Network Setup, and then select
Print Network Settings.
• Ping the device using the IP address from the command prompt.
For example, if the IP address is 123.123.123.123, type the following at the MS-DOS
prompt:
C:\Ping 123.123.123.123
Or, in Mac OS X, open Terminal (available in the Applications > Utilities folder) and
type the following: ping 123.123.123
If a reply appears, the IP address is correct. If a time-out response appears, the IP
address is incorrect.
The EWS is only available in English
If your product only supports wireless network connections and not Ethernet network
connections, the EWS is only available in English.
Troubleshoot installation issues
If the following topics do not help, see Solve a problem for information about HP support.
•
•
Hardware installation suggestions
Software installation suggestions
Hardware installation suggestions
Check the device
• Make sure that all packing tape and material have been removed from outside and
inside the device.
• Make sure that the device is loaded with paper.
• Make sure that no lights are on or blinking except the Ready light, which should be
on. If the Attention light is blinking, check for messages on the device control panel.
Check the hardware connections
• Make sure that any cords and cables that you are using (such as USB cable or
Ethernet cable) are in good working order.
• Make sure that the power cord is connected securely to both the device and to a
working power outlet.
• Make sure that the phone cord is connected to the 1-LINE port.
122
Solve a problem
Check the ink cartridges
• The product prompts you to align ink cartridges every time you install or replace an
ink cartridge. You can also align the ink cartridges at any time from the product’s
control panel or by using the HP software installed with the product. Aligning the ink
cartridges ensures high-quality output. For more information, see Align the ink
cartridges. If the alignment fails, check to make sure the cartridges are installed
correctly, and start the ink cartridge alignment. For more information, see Alignment
fails.
• Make sure that all latches and covers are closed properly.
Check the computer system
• Make sure that your computer is running one of the supported operating systems.
• Make sure that the computer meets at least the minimum system requirements.
Check the device to ensure the following
• Power light is on and not blinking. When the device is first turned on, it takes
approximately 45 seconds to warm up.
• The device is in the Ready state, and no other lights on the device control panel are
lit or blinking. If lights are lit or blinking, see the message on the device control panel.
• Ensure power cord and other cables are working, and are firmly connected to the
device.
• All packing tapes and materials are removed from the device.
• Duplexer is locked into place.
• Paper is loaded correctly in the tray, and is not jammed in the device.
• All latches and covers are closed.
Software installation suggestions
Verify installation preliminaries
• Make sure to use the HP software CD that contains the correct installation software
for your operating system.
• Before installing software, make sure that all other programs are closed.
• If the computer does not recognize the path to the CD drive that you type, make sure
that you are specifying the correct drive letter.
• If the computer cannot recognize the HP software CD in the CD drive, inspect the HP
software CD for damage. You can download the device driver from the HP Web site
(www.hp.com/support).
Check or perform the following
• Make sure the computer meets the system requirements.
• Before installing software on a Windows computer, ensure all other programs are
closed.
• If the computer does not recognize the path to the CD drive that you typed, ensure
you are specifying the correct drive letter.
Troubleshoot installation issues
123
Chapter 7
•
If the computer cannot recognize the HP software CD in the CD drive, inspect the CD
for damage. You can download the device driver from the HP Web site (www.hp.com/
support).
• In the Windows device manager, make sure that the USB drivers have not been
disabled.
• If you are using a computer running Windows, and the computer cannot detect the
device, run the uninstallation utility (util\ccc\uninstall.bat on the HP software CD) to
perform a clean uninstallation of the device driver. Restart your computer, and
reinstall the device driver.
Check the computer system
• Make sure that your computer is running one of the supported operating systems.
• Make sure that the computer meets at least the minimum system requirements.
Understand the Printer Status Report and Self-Test Report
Use the Printer Status Report or Self-Test Report to:
•
•
View current device information and ink cartridge status
Help troubleshoot problems
The Printer Status Report and the Self-Test Report also contain a log of recent events.
NOTE: If your product does not support wireless communication, the report is called
the "Printer Status Report". If your product supports wireless communication, the
report is called the "Self-Test Report".
If you need to call HP, it is often useful to print the Printer Status Report or Self-Test
Report before calling.
Printer Status Report
124
Solve a problem
1. Product Information: Shows product information (such as the product name, model
number, serial number, and firmware version number), as well as usage information.
printed from the tray.
2. Ink Delivery System Information: Shows information about the ink cartridges, such
as the estimated ink levels.
NOTE: Ink level alerts and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes
only. When you receive a low-ink alert, consider having a replacement cartridge
available to avoid possible printing delays. You do not need to replace the ink
cartridges until print quality becomes unacceptable.
3. Additional Assistance: Provides information about available methods for finding
more information about the product, as well as information about diagnosing
problems.
Self-Test Report
1. Printer Information: Shows device information (such as the product name, model
number, serial number, and firmware version number), and the number of pages
printed from the tray.
2. Nozzle test pattern: Missing lines indicate problems with the ink cartridges. Try
cleaning the cartridges, or replacing the cartridges.
3. Color bars and boxes: Uneven, faded, or faint color bars or boxes indicate low ink.
Check the ink levels.
4. Event Log: Shows a log of recent events that have occurred.
To print the Printer Status Report or Self-Test Report
Product control panel: Press Setup, select Print Report, select Printer Status or SelfTest, and then press OK.
Understand the Printer Status Report and Self-Test Report
125
Chapter 7
Understand the network configuration page (some models
only)
If the device is connected to a network, you can print a network configuration page to
view the network settings for the device. You can use the network configuration page to
help troubleshoot network connectivity problems. If you need to call HP, it is often useful
to print this page before calling.
Network Configuration Page
1. General Information: Shows information about the current status and active
connection type of the network, and other information, such as the URL of the
embedded Web server.
2. 802.3 Wired: Shows information about the active wired network connection, such as
the IP address, subnet mask, default gateway, as well as the hardware address of
the device.
3. 802.11 Wireless: Shows information about the active wireless network connection,
such as the IP address, the communication mode, the network name, authentication
type, and signal strength.
4. mDNS: Shows information about the active Multicast Domain Name System (mDNS)
connection. mDNS services are typically used on small networks for IP address and
name resolution (through UDP port 5353) where a conventional DNS server is not
used.
5. SLP: Shows information about the current Service Location Protocol (SLP)
connection. SLP is used by network management applications for device
management. The device supports SNMPv1 protocol on IP networks.
To print the network configuration page from the device control panel
Press the Setup button, select Print Report, select Network Config, and then press
OK.
126
Solve a problem
Clear jams
Occasionally, media becomes jammed during a job. Try the following remedies before
you attempt to clear the jam.
•
•
•
•
Make sure that you are printing with media that meets specifications. For more
information, see Media specifications.
Make sure that you are printing with media that is not wrinkled, folded, or damaged.
Make sure that the device is clean. For more information, see Maintain the device.
Make sure that the trays are loaded correctly and are not too full. For more
information, see Load media.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Clear paper jams
Avoid paper jams
Clear paper jams
If the paper was loaded in the main tray, you might need to clear the paper jam from the
rear door.
Paper can also jam in the automatic document feeder (ADF). If the product has an
automatic document feeder (ADF), several common actions can cause paper to jam the
ADF:
•
•
•
Placing too much paper in the ADF tray. For information on the maximum number of
sheets allowed in the ADF, see Load an original on the scanner glass.
Using paper that is too thick or too thin for the device.
Trying to add paper to the ADF tray while the device is feeding pages.
To clear a paper jam from the rear door
1. Press in the tab on the left side of the rear door to release the door. Remove the door
by pulling it away from the device.
CAUTION: Trying to clear a paper jam from the front of the device can damage
the print mechanism. Always access and clear paper jams through the rear door.
Clear jams
127
Chapter 7
2. Gently pull the paper out of the rollers.
CAUTION: If the paper tears when you are removing it from the rollers, check
the rollers and wheels for torn pieces of paper that might be remaining inside the
device. If you do not remove all the pieces of paper from the device, more paper
jams are likely to occur.
3. Replace the rear door. Gently push the door forward until it snaps into place.
4. Press OK to continue the current job.
To clear a paper jam in the automatic document feeder (ADF) (Some models only)
1. Lift the cover of the ADF.
2. Gently pull the paper out of the rollers.
CAUTION: If the paper tears when you are removing it from the rollers, check
the rollers and wheels for torn pieces of paper that might be remaining inside the
device. If you do not remove all the pieces of paper from the device, more paper
jams are likely to occur.
3. Close the cover of the ADF.
Avoid paper jams
To help avoid paper jams, follow these guidelines.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
128
Remove printed papers from the output tray frequently.
Prevent curled or wrinkled paper by storing all unused paper flat in a resealable bag.
Ensure that paper loaded in the input tray lays flat and the edges are not bent or torn.
Do not combine different paper types and paper sizes in the input tray; the entire stack
of paper in the input tray must be the same size and type.
Adjust the paper-width guide in the input tray to fit snugly against all paper. Make sure
the paper-width guide does not bend the paper in the input tray.
Do not force paper too far forward in the input tray.
Use paper types that are recommended for the device. For more information, see
Media specifications.
Solve a problem
NOTE: Humidity may cause paper to curl and hence paper jam.
Clear jams
129
A
Technical information
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Warranty information
Device specifications
•
Regulatory information
•
•
Environmental product stewardship program
Third-party licenses
Warranty information
This section contains the following topics:
Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement
•
•
130
Ink cartridge warranty information
Technical information
Hewlett-Packard limited warranty statement
HP product
Duration of limited warranty
Software Media
90 days
Printer
1 year
Print or Ink cartridges
Until the HP ink is depleted or the “end of warranty” date printed
on the cartridge has been reached, whichever occurs first. This
warranty does not cover HP ink products that have been refilled,
remanufactured, refurbished, misused, or tampered with.
Printheads (only applies to products with customer
replaceable printheads)
1 year
Accessories
1 year unless otherwise stated
A. Extent of limited warranty
1. Hewlett-Packard (HP) warrants to the end-user customer that the HP products specified above will be free from defects
in materials and workmanship for the duration specified above, which duration begins on the date of purchase by the
customer.
2. For software products, HP’s limited warranty applies only to a failure to execute programming instructions. HP does not
warrant that the operation of any product will be interrupted or error free.
3. HP's limited warranty covers only those defects that arise as a result of normal use of the product, and does not cover
any other problems, including those that arise as a result of:
a. Improper maintenance or modification;
b. Software, media, parts, or supplies not provided or supported by HP;
c. Operation outside the product's specifications;
d. Unauthorized modification or misuse.
4. For HP printer products, the use of a non-HP cartridge or a refilled cartridge does not affect either the warranty to the
customer or any HP support contract with the customer. However, if printer failure or damage is attributable to the use of
a non-HP or refilled cartridge or an expired ink cartridge, HP will charge its standard time and materials charges to
service the printer for the particular failure or damage.
5. If HP receives, during the applicable warranty period, notice of a defect in any product which is covered by HP's
warranty, HP shall either repair or replace the product, at HP's option.
6. If HP is unable to repair or replace, as applicable, a defective product which is covered by HP's warranty, HP shall,
within a reasonable time after being notified of the defect, refund the purchase price for the product.
7. HP shall have no obligation to repair, replace, or refund until the customer returns the defective product to HP.
8. Any replacement product may be either new or like-new, provided that it has functionality at least equal to that of the
product being replaced.
9. HP products may contain remanufactured parts, components, or materials equivalent to new in performance.
10. HP's Limited Warranty Statement is valid in any country where the covered HP product is distributed by HP. Contracts
for additional warranty services, such as on-site service, may be available from any authorized HP service facility in
countries where the product is distributed by HP or by an authorized importer.
B. Limitations of warranty
TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, NEITHER HP NOR ITS THIRD PARTY SUPPLIERS MAKES ANY
OTHER WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF ANY KIND, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR
CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
C. Limitations of liability
1. To the extent allowed by local law, the remedies provided in this Warranty Statement are the customer's sole and
exclusive remedies.
2. TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LOCAL LAW, EXCEPT FOR THE OBLIGATIONS SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH IN
THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT, IN NO EVENT SHALL HP OR ITS THIRD PARTY SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR
DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER BASED ON
CONTRACT, TORT, OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY AND WHETHER ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
D. Local law
1. This Warranty Statement gives the customer specific legal rights. The customer may also have other rights which vary
from state to state in the United States, from province to province in Canada, and from country to country elsewhere in
the world.
2. To the extent that this Warranty Statement is inconsistent with local law, this Warranty Statement shall be deemed
modified to be consistent with such local law. Under such local law, certain disclaimers and limitations of this Warranty
Statement may not apply to the customer. For example, some states in the United States, as well as some governments
outside the United States (including provinces in Canada), may:
a. Preclude the disclaimers and limitations in this Warranty Statement from limiting the statutory rights of a consumer
(e.g., the United Kingdom);
b. Otherwise restrict the ability of a manufacturer to enforce such disclaimers or limitations; or
c. Grant the customer additional warranty rights, specify the duration of implied warranties which the manufacturer
cannot disclaim, or allow limitations on the duration of implied warranties.
3. THE TERMS IN THIS WARRANTY STATEMENT, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT LAWFULLY PERMITTED, DO NOT
EXCLUDE, RESTRICT, OR MODIFY, AND ARE IN ADDITION TO, THE MANDATORY STATUTORY RIGHTS
APPLICABLE TO THE SALE OF THE HP PRODUCTS TO SUCH CUSTOMERS.
HP Limited Warranty
Dear Customer,
You will find below the name and address of the HP entity responsible for the performance of the HP Limited Warranty in your
country.
You may have additional statutory rights against the seller based on your purchase agreement. Those rights are not
in any way affected by this HP Limited Warranty.
Ireland: Hewlett-Packard Ireland Limited, 63-74 Sir John Rogerson's Quay, Dublin 2
United Kingdom: Hewlett-Packard Ltd, Cain Road, Bracknell, GB-Berks RG12 1HN
Malta: Hewlett Packard International Trade BV, Branch 48, Sqaq Nru 2, Triq ix-Xatt, Pieta MSD08, Malta
South Africa: Hewlett-Packard South Africa Ltd, 12 Autumn Street, Rivonia, Sandton, 2128, Republic of South Africa
Warranty information
131
Appendix A
Ink cartridge warranty information
The HP cartridge warranty is applicable when the product is used in its designated HP printing device.
This warranty does not cover HP ink products that have been refilled, remanufactured, refurbished,
misused, or tampered with.
During the warranty period the product is covered as long as the HP ink is not depleted and the end
of warranty date has not been reached. The end of warranty date, in YYYY-MM format, may be found
on the product as indicated:
For a copy of the HP Limited Warranty Statement, see the printed documentation that came with the
product.
132
Technical information
Device specifications
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Physical specifications
Product features and capacities
Processor and memory specifications
System requirements
Network protocol specifications (Some models only)
Embedded Web server specifications (some models only)
Media specifications
Print resolution
Print specifications
Copy specifications
Fax specifications
Scan specifications
Operating environment
Electrical requirements
Acoustic emission specification
Physical specifications
Size (width x depth x height)
433.5 x 401.5 x 216.7 mm (17.1 x 15.8 x 8.5 inches)
Device weight (does not include print supplies)
5.9 kg (13 lb)
Product features and capacities
Feature
Capacity
Connectivity
•
•
•
USB 2.0-compliant high speed device
Wired (Ethernet) network (some models
only)
Wireless 802.11b/g (some models only)
Ink cartridges
Black and tri-color ink cartridge
Supply yields
Visit www.hp.com/pageyield/ for more
information on estimated ink cartridge yields.
Device languages
HP PCL 3 GUI
Duty cycle
Up to 3000 pages per month
Device control panel language support
Bulgarian, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch,
English, Finnish, French, German, Greek,
Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean,
Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese, Romanian,
Russian, Simplified Chinese, Slovak,
Slovenian, Spanish, Swedish, Traditional
Chinese, Turkish.
Language availability varies by country/region.
Processor and memory specifications
Non-wireless models
Device specifications
133
Appendix A
Processor: 192 MHz ARM9 core
Memory: 64 MB DDR2
Wireless models
Processor: 180 MHz ARM9 core
Memory: 32 MB SDRAM
System requirements
NOTE: For the most current information about supported operating systems and system
requirements, visit http://www.hp.com/support/.
Operating system compatibility
•
Windows XP Service Pack 1, Windows Vista, Windows 7
NOTE: For Windows XP SP1 Starter Edition, Windows Vista Starter Edition, and Windows
7 Starter Edition, only printer drivers, scan drivers, and the Toolbox are available.
To see system requirements and specifications for Windows 7, see the Readme file. This
file is available on your computer after you install the HP software.
•
Mac OS X (v10.4.11, v10.5, v10.6)
•
Linux (For more information, see www.hp.com/go/linuxprinting).
Minimum requirements
•
Microsoft Windows XP (32-bit) Service Pack 1: Intel Pentium II or Celeron processor, 512 MB
RAM, 790 MB free hard disk space, Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0
•
•
Microsoft Windows Vista: 800 MHz 32-bit (x86) or 64-bit (x64) processor, 512 MB RAM, 1.15
GB free hard disk space, Microsoft Internet Explorer 7.0
Mac OS X (v10.4.11, v10.5.6, v10.6): 256 MB memory, 500 MB free hard disk space
•
Quick Time 5.0 or later (Mac OS X)
•
Adobe Acrobat Reader 5.0 or later
Recommended requirements
•
Microsoft Windows XP (32-bit) Service Pack 1: Intel Pentium III or higher processor, 512 MB
RAM, 850 MB free hard disk space, Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 or later
•
Microsoft Windows Vista: 1 GHz 32-bit (x86) or 64-bit (x64) processor, 1 GB RAM, 1.2 GB free
hard disk space, Microsoft Internet Explorer 7.0 or later
•
Mac OS X (v10.4.11, v10.5.6, v10.6): 512 MB memory, 500 MB free hard disk space
Network protocol specifications (Some models only)
Network operating system compatibility
•
Windows XP (32-bit) (Professional and Home Editions), Windows Vista 32-bit and 64-bit
(Ultimate, Enterprise and Business Edition), Windows 7 (32-bit and 64-bit).
•
•
134
Mac OS X (10.4.11,10.5.6, 10.6)
Microsoft Windows 2000 Server Terminal Services with Citrix Metaframe XP with Feature
Release 3
•
Microsoft Windows 2000 Server Terminal Services with Citrix Presentation Server 4.0
•
Microsoft Windows 2000 Server Terminal Services
•
Microsoft Windows 2003 Server Terminal Services
•
Microsoft Windows 2003 Server Terminal Services with Citrix Presentation Server 4.0
•
Microsoft Windows 2003 Server Terminal Services with Citrix Presentation Server 4.5
Technical information
•
Microsoft Windows 2003 Server Terminal Services with Citrix Metaframe XP with Feature
Release 3
•
Microsoft Windows 2003 Small Business Server Terminal Services
•
Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Terminal Services
Compatible network protocols
TCP/IP
Network management
•
HP Web Jetadmin plug-ins
•
Embedded Web server
Features
Ability to remotely configure and manage network devices
Embedded Web server specifications (some models only)
Requirements
•
A TCP/IP-based network (IPX/SPX-based networks are not supported)
•
A Web browser (either Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 or higher, Opera 8.0 or higher, Mozilla
Firefox 1.0 or higher, or Safari 1.2, or higher)
•
A network connection (you cannot use the embedded Web server connected directly to a
computer with a USB cable)
•
An Internet connection (required for some features)
NOTE: You can open the embedded Web server without being connected to the Internet.
However, some features will not be available.
•
It must be on the same side of a firewall as the device.
Media specifications
Use the Understand supported sizes and Understand supported media types and weights tables to
determine the correct media to use with your device, and determine what features will work with your
media. See the Set minimum margins section for information about the printing margins used by the
product, see the Guidelines for two-sided (duplex) printing section for guidelines that should be
followed when printing on both side of a page.
Understand supported sizes
Media size
Main tray
Standard media sizes
U.S. Legal (216 x 356 mm; 8.5 x 14 inches)
A4 (210 x 297 mm; 8.3 x 11.7 inches)
U.S. Executive (184 x 267 mm; 7.25 x 10.5 inches)
B5 (176 x 250 mm; 6.9 x 9.8 inches)
A5 (148 x 210 mm; 5.8 x 8.3 inches)
Borderless A4 (210 x 297 mm; 8.3 x 11.7 inches)
Borderless A5 (148 x 210 mm; 5.8 x 8.3 inches)
Device specifications
135
Appendix A
(continued)
Media size
Borderless B5 (176 x 250 mm; 6.9 x 9.8 inches
Borderless (10 x 15 cm, tab)
Borderless (4 x 6 inches, tab)
Borderless HV
Borderless A6
Borderless cabinet
Borderless (13 x 18 cm), same dimension as 5 x 7 inches
Borderless (8.5 x 11 inches)
10 x 15 cm (tab)
4 x 6 inches (tab)
HV
Cabinet
13 x 18 cm (same dimension as 5 x 7 inches)
Envelopes
U.S. #10 Envelope (105 x 241 mm; 4.12 x 9.5 inches)
Monarch Envelope (98 x 191 mm; 3.88 x 7.5 inches)
Card Envelope (111 x 152 mm; 4.4 x 6 inches)
A2 Envelope (111 x 146 mm; 4.37 x 5.75 inches)
DL Envelope (110 x 220 mm; 4.3 x 8.7 inches)
C6 Envelope (114 x 162 mm; 4.5 x 6.4 inches)
No. 6 3/4 Envelope (92.2 mm x 165.1 mm; 3.63 x 6.5 inches)
Envelope C5
Cards
Index card (76.2 x 127 mm; 3 x 5 inches)
Index card (102 x 152 mm; 4 x 6 inches)
Index card (127 x 203 mm; 5 x 8 inches)
A6 card (105 x 148.5 mm; 4.13 x 5.83 inches)
Photo media
136
Technical information
Main tray
(continued)
Media size
Main tray
Photo media (89 x 127 mm; 3.5 x 5 inches)
Photo media (102 x 152 mm; 4 x 6 inches)
Photo media (5 x 7 inches)
Photo media (8 x 10 inches)
Photo media (10 x 15 cm)
Borderless photo media (89 x 127 mm; 3.5 x 5 inches)
Borderless photo media (102 x 152 mm; 4 x 6 inches)
Borderless photo media (5 x 7 inches)
Borderless photo media (8 x 10 inches)
Borderless photo media (8.5 x 11 inches)
Borderless photo media (10 x 15 cm)
Other media
Custom-sized media between between 76.20 to 210.06 mm wide and
101.60 to 762.00 mm long (3 to 8.5 inches wide and 4 to 30 inches long)
Understand supported media types and weights
Tray
Type
Weight
Capacity
Main tray
Paper
60 to 105 g/m2
Up to 100 sheets of plain
paper
(16 to 28 lb bond)
(25 mm or 1 inch
stacked)
Transparencies
Up to 70 sheets
(17 mm or 0.67 inch
stacked)
Photo media
280 g/m2
Up to 100 sheets
(75 lb bond)
(17 mm or 0.67 inch
stacked)
Labels
Up to 100 sheets
(17 mm or 0.67 inch
stacked)
Envelopes
Cards
75 to 90 g/m2
Up to 30 sheets
(20 to 24 lb bond
envelope)
(17 mm or 0.67 inch
stacked)
Up to 200 g/m2
Up to 80 cards
(110 lb index)
Device specifications
137
Appendix A
(continued)
Tray
Type
Weight
Capacity
Automatic
document
feeder
(ADF)*
Paper
75 g/m
Up to 20 sheets of plain
paper (5 mm or 0.2
inches stacked)
Output tray
All supported media
2
(20 lb index)
Up to 50 sheets of plain
paper (text printing)
* Some models only.
Set minimum margins
The document margins must match (or exceed) these margin settings in portrait orientation.
Media
(1) Left
margin
(2) Right
margin
(3) Top
margin
(4) Bottom
margin*
U.S. Letter
3.0 mm
(0.125
inches)
3.0 mm
(0.125
inches)
3.0 mm (0.125
inches)
3.0 mm
(0.125
inches)
3.0 mm
(0.125
inches)
3.0 mm
(0.125
inches)
3.0 mm (0.125
inches)
14.3 mm
(0.563
inches)
U.S. Legal
A4
U.S. Executive
U.S. Statement
B5
A5
Cards
Custom-sized media
Photo media
Envelopes
* To achieve this margin setting on a computer running Windows, click the Advanced tab in the print
driver, and select Minimize Margins.
138
Technical information
Guidelines for two-sided (duplex) printing
•
Always use media that conforms to the device specifications. For more information, see Media
specifications.
•
Do not print on both sides of transparencies, envelopes, photo paper, glossy media, or paper
lighter than 16 lb bond (60 g/m2) or heavier than 28 lb bond (105 g/m2). Jams might occur with
these media types.
•
Several kinds of media require a specific orientation when you print on both sides of a page.
These include letterhead, preprinted paper, and paper with watermarks and prepunched holes.
When you print from a computer running Windows, the device prints the first side of the media
first. Load the media with the print side facing down.
Print resolution
Black print resolution
Up to 600 dpi rendered black (when printing from a computer)
Color print resolution
Up to 4800 x 1200 optimized dpi color on select HP photo papers with 1200 input dpi. Photo papers
include the following:
◦
HP Premium Plus Photo
◦
HP Premium Photo
◦
HP Advanced Photo
Print specifications
Black print resolution
Up to 600 dpi rendered black (when printing from a computer)
Color print resolution
Up to 4800 x 1200 optimized dpi color on select HP photo papers with 1200 input dpi. Photo papers
include the following:
◦
HP Premium Plus Photo
◦
HP Premium Photo
◦
HP Advanced Photo
Copy specifications
•
Digital image processing
•
Up to 100 copies from original (varies by model)
•
Digital zoom: from 25 to 400% (varies by model)
•
Fit to page, pre-scan
•
Copy speeds vary according to the complexity of the document
Refer to the following table to determine which paper type setting to choose based on the paper
loaded in the main tray.
Paper type
Device control panel setting
Plain paper
Plain Paper
HP Bright White Paper
Plain Paper
HP Premium Presentation Paper, Matte
Premium Inkjet
Other inkjet papers
Premium Inkjet
Device specifications
139
Appendix A
(continued)
Paper type
Device control panel setting
HP Premium Plus Photo Papers
Photo Paper
HP Premium Photo Papers
Photo Paper
HP Advanced Photo Paper
Photo Paper
HP Everyday Photo Paper, Semi-gloss
Photo Paper
HP Everyday Photo Paper, Matte
Premium Inkjet
Other photo papers
Photo Paper
HP Premium Inkjet Transparency
Premium Inkjet
HP Iron-on Transfer
Premium Inkjet
HP Photo Cards
Photo Paper
Other specialty papers
Premium Inkjet
Glossy Greeting Card
Photo Paper
Matte Greeting Card
Premium Inkjet
HP Brochure & Flyer Paper, Glossy
Photo Paper
HP Brochure & Flyer Paper, Matte
Premium Inkjet
Other Glossy Brochure
Photo Paper
Other Matte Brochure
Premium Inkjet
Fax specifications
140
•
Walk-up black-and-white and color fax capability.
•
Up to 99 speed dials (varies by model).
•
Up to 100-page memory (varies by model, based on ITU-T Test Image #1 at standard
resolution). More complicated pages or higher resolution takes longer and uses more memory.
Also, other product functions, such as copying, might affect the number of pages that can be
stored in memory.
•
Manual fax send and receive.
•
Automatic busy redial up to five times (varies by model).
•
Confirmation and activity reports.
•
CCITT/ITU Group 3 fax with Error Correction Mode.
•
33.6 Kbps transmission.
•
3 seconds per page speed at 33.6 Kbps (based on ITU-T Test Image #1 at standard resolution).
More complicated pages or higher resolution take longer and use more memory.
•
Ring detect with automatic fax/answering machine switching.
Photo (dpi)
Very Fine (dpi)
Fine (dpi)
Standard (dpi)
Black
196 x 203 (8-bit
grayscale)
300 x 300
196 x 203
196 x 98
Color
300 x 300
200 x 200
200 x 200
200 x 200
Technical information
Scan specifications
•
Image editor included
•
Integrated OCR software automatically converts scanned text to editable text
•
Scan speeds vary according to the complexity of the document
•
Twain-compliant interface
•
Resolution: 2400 x 4800 ppi optical, up to 19,200 ppi enhanced
•
Color: 16-bit per RGB color, 48-bit total
•
Maximum scan size from glass: 216 x 297 mm (8.5 x 11.7 inches)
Operating environment
Operating environment
Operating temperature: 5° to 40° C (41° to 104° F)
Recommended operating conditions: 15° to 32° C (59° to 90° F)
Recommended relative humidity: 20 to 80% noncondensing
Storage environment
Storage temperature: -40° to 60° C (-40° to 140° F)
Storage relative humidity: Up to 90% noncondensing at a temperature of 65° C (150° F)
Electrical requirements
Power supply
Universal power adapter (external)
Power requirements
Input voltage: 100 to 240 VAC (± 10%), 50/60 Hz (± 3Hz)
Output voltage: 32 Vdc at 625 mA
Power consumption
28.4 watts printing (Fast Draft Mode); 32.5 watts copying (Fast Draft Mode)
Acoustic emission specification
Print in Draft mode, noise levels per ISO 7779
Sound pressure (bystander position)
LpAd 56 (dBA)
Sound power
LwAd 7.0 (BA)
Device specifications
141
Appendix A
Regulatory information
The device meets product requirements from regulatory agencies in your country/region.
This section contains the following topics:
142
•
FCC statement
•
Notice to users in Korea
•
VCCI (Class B) compliance statement for users in Japan
•
Notice to users in Japan about the power cord
•
Noise emission statement for Germany
•
LED indicator statement
•
Notice to users of the U.S. telephone network: FCC requirements
•
Notice to users of the Canadian telephone network
•
Notice to users in the European Economic Area
•
Notice to users of the German telephone network
•
Australia wired fax statement
•
Regulatory information for wireless products
•
Regulatory model number
•
Declaration of conformity
Technical information
FCC statement
FCC statement
The United States Federal Communications Commission (in 47 CFR 15.105) has specified
that the following notice be brought to the attention of users of this product.
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital
device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment
generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in
accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.
If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can
be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct
the interference by one or more of the following measures:
•
•
•
•
Reorient the receiving antenna.
Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver.
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the
receiver is connected.
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
For further information, contact:
Manager of Corporate Product Regulations
Hewlett-Packard Company
3000 Hanover Street
Palo Alto, Ca 94304
(650) 857-1501
Modifications (part 15.21)
The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to this
device that are not expressly approved by HP may void the user's authority to operate the
equipment.
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following
two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Notice to users in Korea
VCCI (Class B) compliance statement for users in Japan
䈖䈱ⵝ⟎䈲䇮䉪䊤䉴Bᖱႎᛛⴚⵝ⟎䈪䈜䇯䈖䈱ⵝ⟎䈲䇮ኅᐸⅣႺ䈪૶↪䈜䉎䈖䈫䉕⋡⊛䈫䈚䈩
䈇䉁䈜䈏䇮䈖䈱ⵝ⟎䈏䊤䉳䉥䉇䊁䊧䊎䉳䊢䊮ฃାᯏ䈮ㄭធ䈚䈩૶↪䈘䉏䉎䈫䇮ฃା㓚ኂ䉕ᒁ䈐
⿠䈖䈜䈖䈫䈏䈅䉍䉁䈜䇯ขᛒ⺑᣿ᦠ䈮ᓥ䈦䈩ᱜ䈚䈇ข䉍ᛒ䈇䉕䈚䈩ਅ䈘䈇䇯
VCCI-B
Regulatory information
143
Appendix A
Notice to users in Japan about the power cord
Noise emission statement for Germany
Geräuschemission
LpA < 70 dB am Arbeitsplatz im Normalbetrieb nach DIN 45635 T. 19
LED indicator statement
144
Technical information
Notice to users of the U.S. telephone network: FCC requirements
Notice to users of the U.S. telephone network: FCC requirements
This equipment complies with FCC rules, Part 68. On this equipment is a label that
contains, among other information, the FCC Registration Number and Ringer Equivalent
Number (REN) for this equipment. If requested, provide this information to your telephone
company.
An FCC compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this equipment. This
equipment is designed to be connected to the telephone network or premises wiring using
a compatible modular jack which is Part 68 compliant. This equipment connects to the
telephone network through the following standard network interface jack: USOC
RJ-11C.
The REN is useful to determine the quantity of devices you may connect to your telephone
line and still have all of those devices ring when your number is called. Too many devices
on one line might result in failure to ring in response to an incoming call. In most, but not
all, areas the sum of the RENs of all devices should not exceed five (5). To be certain of the
number of devices you may connect to your line, as determined by the REN, you should call
your local telephone company to determine the maximum REN for your calling area.
If this equipment causes harm to the telephone network, your telephone company might
discontinue your service temporarily. If possible, they will notify you in advance. If advance
notice is not practical, you will be notified as soon as possible. You will also be advised of
your right to file a complaint with the FCC. Your telephone company might make changes
in its facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures that could affect the proper operation
of your equipment. If they do, you will be given advance notice so you will have the
opportunity to maintain uninterrupted service. If you experience trouble with this equipment,
please contact the manufacturer, or look elsewhere in this manual, for warranty or repair
information. Your telephone company might ask you to disconnect this equipment from the
network until the problem has been corrected or until you are sure that the equipment is not
malfunctioning.
This equipment may not be used on coin service provided by the telephone company.
Connection to party lines is subject to state tariffs. Contact your state public utility commission, public service commission, or corporation commission for more information.
This equipment includes automatic dialing capability. When programming and/or making
test calls to emergency numbers:
•
Remain on the line and explain to the dispatcher the reason for the call.
•
Perform such activities in the off-peak hours, such as early morning or late evening.
Note The FCC hearing aid compatibility rules for telephones are not applicable
to this equipment.
The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a
computer or other electronic device, including fax machines, to send any message unless
such message clearly contains in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page
or on the first page of transmission, the date and time it is sent and an identification of the
business, other entity, or other individual sending the message and the telephone number
of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number
provided might not be a 900 number or any other number for which charges exceed local
or long-distance transmission charges.) In order to program this information into your fax
machine, you should complete the steps described in the software.
Regulatory information
145
Appendix A
Notice to users of the Canadian telephone network
Note à l’attention des utilisateurs du réseau téléphonique
canadien/Notice to users of the Canadian telephone network
Cet appareil est conforme aux spécifications techniques des équipements terminaux
d’Industrie Canada. Le numéro d’enregistrement atteste de la conformité de l’appareil.
L’abréviation IC qui précède le numéro d’enregistrement indique que l’enregistrement a été
effectué dans le cadre d’une Déclaration de conformité stipulant que les spécifications
techniques d’Industrie Canada ont été respectées. Néanmoins, cette abréviation ne signifie
en aucun cas que l’appareil a été validé par Industrie Canada.
Pour leur propre sécurité, les utilisateurs doivent s’assurer que les prises électriques reliées
à la terre de la source d’alimentation, des lignes téléphoniques et du circuit métallique
d’alimentation en eau sont, le cas échéant, branchées les unes aux autres. Cette précaution
est particulièrement importante dans les zones rurales.
Remarque Le numéro REN (Ringer Equivalence Number) attribué à chaque
appareil terminal fournit une indication sur le nombre maximal de terminaux qui
peuvent être connectés à une interface téléphonique. La terminaison d’une
interface peut se composer de n’importe quelle combinaison d’appareils, à
condition que le total des numéros REN ne dépasse pas 5.
Basé sur les résultats de tests FCC Partie 68, le numéro REN de ce produit est 0.0B.
This equipment meets the applicable Industry Canada Terminal Equipment Technical
Specifications. This is confirmed by the registration number. The abbreviation IC before the
registration number signifies that registration was performed based on a Declaration of
Conformity indicating that Industry Canada technical specifications were met. It does not
imply that Industry Canada approved the equipment.
Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the
power utility, telephone lines and internal metallic water pipe system, if present, are
connected together. This precaution might be particularly important in rural areas.
Note The REN (Ringer Equivalence Number) assigned to each terminal device
provides an indication of the maximum number of terminals allowed to be
connected to a telephone interface. The termination on an interface might consist
of any combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the sum of the
Ringer Equivalence Numbers of all the devices does not exceed 5.
The REN for this product is 0.0B, based on FCC Part 68 test results.
146
Technical information
Notice to users in the European Economic Area
Notice to users in the European Economic Area
This product is designed to be connected to the analog Switched Telecommunication
Networks (PSTN) of the European Economic Area (EEA) countries/regions.
Network compatibility depends on customer selected settings, which must be reset to use
the equipment on a telephone network in a country/region other than where the product
was purchased. Contact the vendor or Hewlett-Packard Company if additional product
support is necessary.
This equipment has been certified by the manufacturer in accordance with Directive
1999/5/EC (annex II) for Pan-European single-terminal connection to the public switched
telephone network (PSTN). However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs
provided in different countries, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional
assurance of successful operation on every PSTN network termination point.
In the event of problems, you should contact your equipment supplier in the first instance.
This equipment is designed for DTMF tone dialing and loop disconnect dialing. In the
unlikely event of problems with loop disconnect dialing, it is recommended to use this
equipment only with the DTMF tone dial setting.
Notice to users of the German telephone network
Hinweis für Benutzer des deutschen Telefonnetzwerks
Dieses HP-Fax ist nur für den Anschluss eines analogen Public Switched Telephone Network
(PSTN) gedacht. Schließen Sie den TAE N-Telefonstecker, der im Lieferumfang des
HP All-in-One enthalten ist, an die Wandsteckdose (TAE 6) Code N an. Dieses HP-Fax kann
als einzelnes Gerät und/oder in Verbindung (mit seriellem Anschluss) mit anderen zugelassenen Endgeräten verwendet werden.
Australia wired fax statement
In Australia, the HP device must be connected to Telecommunication Network through a line
cord which meets the requirements of the Technical Standard AS/ACIF S008.
Regulatory information for wireless products
This section contains the following regulatory information pertaining to wireless products:
•
Exposure to radio frequency radiation
•
Notice to users in Brazil
•
Notice to users in Canada
•
Notice to users in Taiwan
•
European Union regulatory notice
Regulatory information
147
Appendix A
Exposure to radio frequency radiation
Exposure to radio frequency radiation
Caution
The radiated output power of this device is far below the FCC radio
frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device shall be used in such a manner
that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. This
product and any attached external antenna, if supported, shall be placed in such a
manner to minimize the potential for human contact during normal operation. In
order to avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits,
human proximity to the antenna shall not be less than 20 cm (8 inches) during normal
operation.
Notice to users in Brazil
Aviso aos usuários no Brasil
Este equipamento opera em caráter secundário, isto é, não tem direito à proteção contra
interferência prejudicial, mesmo de estações do mesmo tipo, e não pode causar interferência
a sistemas operando em caráter primário. (Res.ANATEL 282/2001).
Notice to users in Canada
Notice to users in Canada/Note à l'attention des utilisateurs canadiens
For Indoor Use. This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise
emissions from the digital apparatus set out in the Radio Interference Regulations of the
Canadian Department of Communications. The internal wireless radio complies with RSS
210 and RSS GEN of Industry Canada.
Utiliser à l'intérieur. Le présent appareil numérique n'émet pas de bruit radioélectrique
dépassant les limites applicables aux appareils numériques de la classe B prescrites dans
le Règlement sur le brouillage radioélectrique édicté par le ministère des Communications
du Canada. Le composant RF interne est conforme a la norme RSS-210 and RSS GEN
d'Industrie Canada.
Notice to users in Taiwan
148
Technical information
European Union regulatory notice
European Union Regulatory Notice
Products bearing the CE marking comply with the following EU Directives:
·
·
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
CE compliance of this product is valid only if powered with the correct CE-marked AC adapter
provided by HP.
If this product has telecommunications functionality, it also complies with the essential
requirements of the following EU Directive:
·
R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC
Compliance with these directives implies conformity to harmonized European standards
(European Norms) that are listed in the EU Declaration of Conformity issued by HP for this
product or product family. This compliance is indicated by the following conformity marking
placed on the product.
The wireless telecommunications functionality of this product may be used in the following
EU and EFTA countries:
Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France,
Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania,
Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovak Republic,
Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and United Kingdom.
Products with 2.4-GHz wireless LAN devices
France
For 2.4 GHz Wireless LAN operation of this product certain restrictions apply: This product
may be used indoor for the entire 2400-2483.5 MHz frequency band (channels 1-13). For
outdoor use, only 2400-2454 MHz frequency band (channels 1-9) may be used. For the latest
requirements, see http://www.art-telecom.fr.
Italy
License required for use. Verify with your dealer or directly with the General Direction for
Frequency Planning and Management (Direzione Generale Pianificazione e Gestione
Frequenze).
Regulatory model number
For regulatory identification purposes, your product is assigned a Regulatory Model Number. The
Regulatory Model Number for your product is SNPRC-0902-01 or SDGOB-0833. This regulatory
number should not be confused with the marketing name (HP Officejet 4500 (G510) All-in-One
series) or product number.
Regulatory information
149
Appendix A
Declaration of conformity
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
according to ISO/IEC 17050-1 and EN 17050-1
Supplier’s Name:
Hewlett-Packard Company
138, Depot Road, #02-01
Singapore 109683
Supplier’s Address:
DoC#: SNPRC-0902-01-A
declares, that the product
Product Name and Model:
Regulatory Model Number:
HP Officejet 4500 series printer
1)
SNPRC-0902-01
Product Options:
All
Power adaptor:
0957-2269
conforms to the following Product Specifications and Regulations:
SAFETY:
IEC 60950-1:2001 / EN 60950-1:2001 + A11:2004
EN 62311:2008
EMC:
CISPR 22:2005 +A1:2005 / EN55022:2006 +A1:2007 Class B
EN 55024:1998 +A1:2001 + A2:2003
EN 61000-3-2:2006
EN 61000-3-3:1995 +A1: 2001 + A2:2005
FCC CFR 47, Part 15 Class B / ICES-003, Issue 4 Class B
Telecom:
TBR 21: 19983)
FCC Rules and Regulations 47CFR Part 68
TIA-968-A-1+A-2+A-3+A-4+A-5 Telecommunications – Telephone Terminal Equipment
CS-03, Part I, Issue 9, Feb 2005
Supplementary Information:
1.
2.
3.
This product is assigned a Regulatory Model Number which stays with the regulatory aspects of the design. The
Regulatory Model Number is the main product identifier in the regulatory documentation and test reports, this number
should not be confused with the marketing name or the product numbers.
This product complies with the requirements of the Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC, the EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
mark accordingly. In addition, it complies with the WEEE Directive
& the R&TTE Directive 99/5/EC and carries the
2002/96/EC and RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC.
4.
This product complies with TBR21:1998, except clause 4.7.1 (DC characteristic), which complies with ES 203 021-3,
clause 4.7.1.
This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two Conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
5.
The product was tested in a typical configuration.
Singapore
25 June 2009
Yik Hou Meng
Product Regulations Manager
Customer Assurance, Business Printing Division
Local contact for regulatory topics only:
EMEA: Hewlett-Packard GmbH, HQ-TRE, Herrenberger Strasse 140, 71034 Boeblingen, Germany www.hp.com/go/certificates
USA : Hewlett-Packard, 3000 Hanover St., Palo Alto 94304, U.S.A. 650-857-1501
150
Technical information
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
according to ISO/IEC 17050-1 and EN 17050-1
Supplier’s Name:
Hewlett-Packard Company
Supplier’s Address:
138, Depot Road, #02-01
Singapore 109683
DoC#: SDGOB-0833-Rev.7.0
declares, that the product
Product Name and Model:
HP Officejet J4680 and J4624, HP Officejet 4500 Wireless series printer
1)
Regulatory Model Number:
SDGOB-0833
Product Options:
All
Radio Module
RSVLD-0608
Power adaptor:
0957-2269
conforms to the following Product Specifications and Regulations:
SAFETY:
IEC 60950-1:2001 / EN 60950-1:2001 + A11:2004
EN 62311:2008
EMC:
CISPR 22:2005 / EN55022:2006 Class B
EN 55024:1998 +A1:2001 + A2:2003
EN 61000-3-2:2006
EN 61000-3-3:1995 +A1: 2001 + A2:2005
FCC CFR 47, Part 15 Class B / ICES-003, Issue 4 Class B
EN301 489-1 V1.6.1, EN301 489-17 V1.2.1
Telecom:
TBR 21: 1998
FCC Rules and Regulations 47CFR Part 68
TIA-968-A-1+A-2+A-3+A-4+A-5 Telecommunications – Telephone Terminal Equipment
CS-03, Part I, Issue 9, Feb 2005
3)
Supplementary Information:
1.
This product is assigned a Regulatory Model Number which stays with the regulatory aspects of the design. The Regulatory
Model Number is the main product identifier in the regulatory documentation and test reports, this number should not be
confused with the marketing name or the product numbers.
2.
This product complies with the requirements of the Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC, the EMC Directive 2004/108/EC & the
marking accordingly. In addition, it complies with the WEEE Directive 2002/96/EC
R&TTE Directive 99/5/EC and carries the
and RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC.
3.
4.
This product complies with TBR21:1998, except clause 4.7.1 (DC characteristic), which complies with ES 203 021-3, clause
4.7.1.
This Device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two Conditions: (1) This device may
not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
5.
The product was tested in a typical configuration.
Singapore
4 Aug 2009
Yik Hou Meng
Product Regulations Manager
Customer Assurance, Business Printing Division
Local contact for regulatory topics only:
EMEA: Hewlett-Packard GmbH, HQ-TRE, Herrenberger St rasse 140, 71034 Boeblingen, Germany www.hp.com/go/certificates
USA : Hewlett-Packard, 3000 Hanover St., Palo Alto 94304, U.S.A. 650-857-1501
Regulatory information
151
Appendix A
Environmental product stewardship program
Hewlett-Packard is committed to providing quality products in an environmentally sound manner.
Design for recycling has been incorporated into this product. The number of materials has been kept
to a minimum while ensuring proper functionality and reliability. Dissimilar materials have been
designed to separate easily. Fasteners and other connections are easy to locate, access, and
remove using common tools. High priority parts have been designed to access quickly for efficient
disassembly and repair.
For more information, visit HP’s Commitment to the Environment Web site at:
www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/index.html
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Paper use
Plastics
•
Material safety data sheets
•
•
Recycling program
HP inkjet supplies recycling program
•
Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in the European Union
•
•
Power consumption
Chemical Substances
•
RoHS notices (China only)
Paper use
This product is suited for the use of recycled paper according to DIN 19309 and EN 12281:2002.
Plastics
Plastic parts over 25 grams are marked according to international standards that enhance the ability
to identify plastics for recycling purposes at the end of product life.
Material safety data sheets
Material safety data sheets (MSDS) can be obtained from the HP Web site at:
www.hp.com/go/msds
Recycling program
HP offers an increasing number of product return and recycling programs in many countries/regions,
and partners with some of the largest electronic recycling centers throughout the world. HP
conserves resources by reselling some of its most popular products. For more information regarding
recycling of HP products, please visit:
www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/recycle/
HP inkjet supplies recycling program
HP is committed to protecting the environment. The HP Inkjet Supplies Recycling Program is
available in many countries/regions, and lets you recycle used print cartridges and ink cartridges
free of charge. For more information, go to the following Web site:
www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/recycle/
152
Technical information
English
Français
Deutsch
Italiano
Español
Eliminación de residuos de aparatos eléctricos y electrónicos por parte de usuarios domésticos en la Unión Europea
Este símbolo en el producto o en el embalaje indica que no se puede desechar el producto junto con los residuos domésticos. Por el contrario, si debe eliminar este tipo de residuo, es
responsabilidad del usuario entregarlo en un punto de recogida designado de reciclado de aparatos electrónicos y eléctricos. El reciclaje y la recogida por separado de estos residuos
en el momento de la eliminación ayudará a preservar recursos naturales y a garantizar que el reciclaje proteja la salud y el medio ambiente. Si desea información adicional sobre los
lugares donde puede dejar estos residuos para su reciclado, póngase en contacto con las autoridades locales de su ciudad, con el servicio de gestión de residuos domésticos o con la
tienda donde adquirió el producto.
Česky
Likvidace vysloužilého zařízení uživateli v domácnosti v zemích EU
Tato značka na produktu nebo na jeho obalu označuje, že tento produkt nesmí být likvidován prostým vyhozením do běžného domovního odpadu. Odpovídáte za to, že vysloužilé
zařízení bude předáno k likvidaci do stanovených sběrných míst určených k recyklaci vysloužilých elektrických a elektronických zařízení. Likvidace vysloužilého zařízení samostatným
sběrem a recyklací napomáhá zachování přírodních zdrojů a zajišťuje, že recyklace proběhne způsobem chránícím lidské zdraví a životní prostředí. Další informace o tom, kam můžete
vysloužilé zařízení předat k recyklaci, můžete získat od úřadů místní samosprávy, od společnosti provádějící svoz a likvidaci domovního odpadu nebo v obchodě, kde jste produkt
zakoupili.
Dansk
Bortskaffelse af affaldsudstyr for brugere i private husholdninger i EU
Dette symbol på produktet eller på dets emballage indikerer, at produktet ikke må bortskaffes sammen med andet husholdningsaffald. I stedet er det dit ansvar at bortskaffe affaldsudstyr
ved at aflevere det på dertil beregnede indsamlingssteder med henblik på genbrug af elektrisk og elektronisk affaldsudstyr. Den separate indsamling og genbrug af dit affaldsudstyr på
tidspunktet for bortskaffelse er med til at bevare naturlige ressourcer og sikre, at genbrug finder sted på en måde, der beskytter menneskers helbred samt miljøet. Hvis du vil vide mere
om, hvor du kan aflevere dit affaldsudstyr til genbrug, kan du kontakte kommunen, det lokale renovationsvæsen eller den forretning, hvor du købte produktet.
Nederlands
Afvoer van afgedankte apparatuur door gebruikers in particuliere huishoudens in de Europese Unie
Dit symbool op het product of de verpakking geeft aan dat dit product niet mag worden afgevoerd met het huishoudelijk afval. Het is uw verantwoordelijkheid uw afgedankte apparatuur
af te leveren op een aangewezen inzamelpunt voor de verwerking van afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur. De gescheiden inzameling en verwerking van uw afgedankte
apparatuur draagt bij tot het sparen van natuurlijke bronnen en tot het hergebruik van materiaal op een wijze die de volksgezondheid en het milieu beschermt. Voor meer informatie over
waar u uw afgedankte apparatuur kunt inleveren voor recycling kunt u contact opnemen met het gemeentehuis in uw woonplaats, de reinigingsdienst of de winkel waar u het product
hebt aangeschaft.
Eesti
Eramajapidamistes kasutuselt kõrvaldatavate seadmete käitlemine Euroopa Liidus
Kui tootel või toote pakendil on see sümbol, ei tohi seda toodet visata olmejäätmete hulka. Teie kohus on viia tarbetuks muutunud seade selleks ettenähtud elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete
utiliseerimiskohta. Utiliseeritavate seadmete eraldi kogumine ja käitlemine aitab säästa loodusvarasid ning tagada, et käitlemine toimub inimeste tervisele ja keskkonnale ohutult.
Lisateavet selle kohta, kuhu saate utiliseeritava seadme käitlemiseks viia, saate küsida kohalikust omavalitsusest, olmejäätmete utiliseerimispunktist või kauplusest, kust te seadme
ostsite.
Suomi
Hävitettävien laitteiden käsittely kotitalouksissa Euroopan unionin alueella
Tämä tuotteessa tai sen pakkauksessa oleva merkintä osoittaa, että tuotetta ei saa hävittää talousjätteiden mukana. Käyttäjän velvollisuus on huolehtia siitä, että hävitettävä laite
toimitetaan sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun keräyspisteeseen. Hävitettävien laitteiden erillinen keräys ja kierrätys säästää luonnonvaroja. Näin toimimalla varmistetaan myös,
että kierrätys tapahtuu tavalla, joka suojelee ihmisten terveyttä ja ympäristöä. Saat tarvittaessa lisätietoja jätteiden kierrätyspaikoista paikallisilta viranomaisilta, jäteyhtiöiltä tai tuotteen
jälleenmyyjältä.
Ελληνικά
Απόρριψη άχρηστων συσκευών στην Ευρωπαϊκή Ένωση
Το παρόν σύμβολο στον εξοπλισμό ή στη συσκευασία του υποδεικνύει ότι το προϊόν αυτό δεν πρέπει να πεταχτεί μαζί με άλλα οικιακά απορρίμματα. Αντίθετα, ευθύνη σας είναι να
απορρίψετε τις άχρηστες συσκευές σε μια καθορισμένη μονάδα συλλογής απορριμμάτων για την ανακύκλωση άχρηστου ηλεκτρικού και ηλεκτρονικού εξοπλισμού. Η χωριστή συλλογή και
ανακύκλωση των άχρηστων συσκευών θα συμβάλει στη διατήρηση των φυσικών πόρων και στη διασφάλιση ότι θα ανακυκλωθούν με τέτοιον τρόπο, ώστε να προστατεύεται η υγεία των
ανθρώπων και το περιβάλλον. Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με το πού μπορείτε να απορρίψετε τις άχρηστες συσκευές για ανακύκλωση, επικοινωνήστε με τις κατά τόπους αρμόδιες
αρχές ή με το κατάστημα από το οποίο αγοράσατε το προϊόν.
Magyar
A hulladékanyagok kezelése a magánháztartásokban az Európai Unióban
Ez a szimbólum, amely a terméken vagy annak csomagolásán van feltüntetve, azt jelzi, hogy a termék nem kezelhető együtt az egyéb háztartási hulladékkal. Az Ön feladata,
hogy a készülék hulladékanyagait eljuttassa olyan kijelölt gyűjtőhelyre, amely az elektromos hulladékanyagok és az elektronikus berendezések újrahasznosításával foglalkozik.
A hulladékanyagok elkülönített gyűjtése és újrahasznosítása hozzájárul a természeti erőforrások megőrzéséhez, egyúttal azt is biztosítja, hogy a hulladék újrahasznosítása az
egészségre és a környezetre nem ártalmas módon történik. Ha tájékoztatást szeretne kapni azokról a helyekről, ahol leadhatja újrahasznosításra a hulladékanyagokat, forduljon
a helyi önkormányzathoz, a háztartási hulladék begyűjtésével foglalkozó vállalathoz vagy a termék forgalmazójához.
Latviski
Lietotāju atbrīvošanās no nederīgām ierīcēm Eiropas Savienības privātajās mājsaimniecībās
Šis simbols uz ierīces vai tās iepakojuma norāda, ka šo ierīci nedrīkst izmest kopā ar pārējiem mājsaimniecības atkritumiem. Jūs esat atbildīgs par atbrīvošanos no nederīgās ierīces,
to nododot norādītajā savākšanas vietā, lai tiktu veikta nederīgā elektriskā un elektroniskā aprīkojuma otrreizējā pārstrāde. Speciāla nederīgās ierīces savākšana un otrreizējā pārstrāde
palīdz taupīt dabas resursus un nodrošina tādu otrreizējo pārstrādi, kas sargā cilvēku veselību un apkārtējo vidi. Lai iegūtu papildu informāciju par to, kur otrreizējai pārstrādei var
nogādāt nederīgo ierīci, lūdzu, sazinieties ar vietējo pašvaldību, mājsaimniecības atkritumu savākšanas dienestu vai veikalu, kurā iegādājāties šo ierīci.
Lietuviškai
Europos Sąjungos vartotojų ir privačių namų ūkių atliekamos įrangos išmetimas
Šis simbolis ant produkto arba jo pakuotės nurodo, kad produktas negali būti išmestas kartu su kitomis namų ūkio atliekomis. Jūs privalote išmesti savo atliekamą įrangą atiduodami ją
į atliekamos elektronikos ir elektros įrangos perdirbimo punktus. Jei atliekama įranga bus atskirai surenkama ir perdirbama, bus išsaugomi natūralūs ištekliai ir užtikrinama, kad įranga
yra perdirbta žmogaus sveikatą ir gamtą tausojančiu būdu. Dėl informacijos apie tai, kur galite išmesti atliekamą perdirbti skirtą įrangą kreipkitės į atitinkamą vietos tarnybą, namų ūkio
atliekų išvežimo tarnybą arba į parduotuvę, kurioje pirkote produktą.
Utylizacja zużytego sprzętu przez użytkowników domowych w Unii Europejskiej
Symbol ten umieszczony na produkcie lub opakowaniu oznacza, że tego produktu nie należy wyrzucać razem z innymi odpadami domowymi. Użytkownik jest odpowiedzialny za
dostarczenie zużytego sprzętu do wyznaczonego punktu gromadzenia zużytych urządzeń elektrycznych i elektronicznych. Gromadzenie osobno i recykling tego typu odpadów
przyczynia się do ochrony zasobów naturalnych i jest bezpieczny dla zdrowia i środowiska naturalnego. Dalsze informacje na temat sposobu utylizacji zużytych urządzeń można
uzyskać u odpowiednich władz lokalnych, w przedsiębiorstwie zajmującym się usuwaniem odpadów lub w miejscu zakupu produktu.
Português
Smaltimento di apparecchiature da rottamare da parte di privati nell'Unione Europea
Questo simbolo che appare sul prodotto o sulla confezione indica che il prodotto non deve essere smaltito assieme agli altri rifiuti domestici. Gli utenti devono provvedere allo
smaltimento delle apparecchiature da rottamare portandole al luogo di raccolta indicato per il riciclaggio delle apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche. La raccolta e il riciclaggio
separati delle apparecchiature da rottamare in fase di smaltimento favoriscono la conservazione delle risorse naturali e garantiscono che tali apparecchiature vengano rottamate
nel rispetto dell'ambiente e della tutela della salute. Per ulteriori informazioni sui punti di raccolta delle apparecchiature da rottamare, contattare il proprio comune di residenza,
il servizio di smaltimento dei rifiuti locale o il negozio presso il quale è stato acquistato il prodotto.
Descarte de equipamentos por usuários em residências da União Européia
Este símbolo no produto ou na embalagem indica que o produto não pode ser descartado junto com o lixo doméstico. No entanto, é sua responsabilidade levar os equipamentos
a serem descartados a um ponto de coleta designado para a reciclagem de equipamentos eletro-eletrônicos. A coleta separada e a reciclagem dos equipamentos no momento do
descarte ajudam na conservação dos recursos naturais e garantem que os equipamentos serão reciclados de forma a proteger a saúde das pessoas e o meio ambiente. Para obter mais
informações sobre onde descartar equipamentos para reciclagem, entre em contato com o escritório local de sua cidade, o serviço de limpeza pública de seu bairro ou a loja em que
adquiriu o produto.
Slovenčina
Entsorgung von Elektrogeräten durch Benutzer in privaten Haushalten in der EU
Dieses Symbol auf dem Produkt oder dessen Verpackung gibt an, dass das Produkt nicht zusammen mit dem Restmüll entsorgt werden darf. Es obliegt daher Ihrer Verantwortung, das
Gerät an einer entsprechenden Stelle für die Entsorgung oder Wiederverwertung von Elektrogeräten aller Art abzugeben (z.B. ein Wertstoffhof). Die separate Sammlung und das
Recyceln Ihrer alten Elektrogeräte zum Zeitpunkt ihrer Entsorgung trägt zum Schutz der Umwelt bei und gewährleistet, dass sie auf eine Art und Weise recycelt werden, die keine
Gefährdung für die Gesundheit des Menschen und der Umwelt darstellt. Weitere Informationen darüber, wo Sie alte Elektrogeräte zum Recyceln abgeben können, erhalten Sie bei
den örtlichen Behörden, Wertstoffhöfen oder dort, wo Sie das Gerät erworben haben.
Postup používateľov v krajinách Európskej únie pri vyhadzovaní zariadenia v domácom používaní do odpadu
Tento symbol na produkte alebo na jeho obale znamená, že nesmie by vyhodený s iným komunálnym odpadom. Namiesto toho máte povinnos odovzda toto zariadenie na zbernom
mieste, kde sa zabezpečuje recyklácia elektrických a elektronických zariadení. Separovaný zber a recyklácia zariadenia určeného na odpad pomôže chráni prírodné zdroje a
zabezpečí taký spôsob recyklácie, ktorý bude chráni ľudské zdravie a životné prostredie. Ďalšie informácie o separovanom zbere a recyklácii získate na miestnom obecnom úrade,
vo firme zabezpečujúcej zber vášho komunálneho odpadu alebo v predajni, kde ste produkt kúpili.
Slovenščina
Évacuation des équipements usagés par les utilisateurs dans les foyers privés au sein de l'Union européenne
La présence de ce symbole sur le produit ou sur son emballage indique que vous ne pouvez pas vous débarrasser de ce produit de la même façon que vos déchets courants.
Au contraire, vous êtes responsable de l'évacuation de vos équipements usagés et, à cet effet, vous êtes tenu de les remettre à un point de collecte agréé pour le recyclage des
équipements électriques et électroniques usagés. Le tri, l'évacuation et le recyclage séparés de vos équipements usagés permettent de préserver les ressources naturelles et de s'assurer
que ces équipements sont recyclés dans le respect de la santé humaine et de l'environnement. Pour plus d'informations sur les lieux de collecte des équipements usagés, veuillez contacter
votre mairie, votre service de traitement des déchets ménagers ou le magasin où vous avez acheté le produit.
Ravnanje z odpadno opremo v gospodinjstvih znotraj Evropske unije
Ta znak na izdelku ali embalaži izdelka pomeni, da izdelka ne smete odlagati skupaj z drugimi gospodinjskimi odpadki. Odpadno opremo ste dolžni oddati na določenem zbirnem
mestu za recikliranje odpadne električne in elektronske opreme. Z ločenim zbiranjem in recikliranjem odpadne opreme ob odlaganju boste pomagali ohraniti naravne vire in zagotovili,
da bo odpadna oprema reciklirana tako, da se varuje zdravje ljudi in okolje. Več informacij o mestih, kjer lahko oddate odpadno opremo za recikliranje, lahko dobite na občini,
v komunalnem podjetju ali trgovini, kjer ste izdelek kupili.
Svenska
Disposal of Waste Equipment by Users in Private Households in the European Union
This symbol on the product or on its packaging indicates that this product must not be disposed of with your other household waste. Instead, it is your responsibility to dispose of your waste
equipment by handing it over to a designated collection point for the recycling of waste electrical and electronic equipment. The separate collection and recycling of your waste equipment
at the time of disposal will help to conserve natural resources and ensure that it is recycled in a manner that protects human health and the environment. For more information about where
you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling, please contact your local city office, your household waste disposal service or the shop where you purchased the product.
Polski
Disposal of waste equipment by users in private households in the European Union
Kassering av förbrukningsmaterial, för hem- och privatanvändare i EU
Produkter eller produktförpackningar med den här symbolen får inte kasseras med vanligt hushållsavfall. I stället har du ansvar för att produkten lämnas till en behörig återvinningsstation
för hantering av el- och elektronikprodukter. Genom att lämna kasserade produkter till återvinning hjälper du till att bevara våra gemensamma naturresurser. Dessutom skyddas både
människor och miljön när produkter återvinns på rätt sätt. Kommunala myndigheter, sophanteringsföretag eller butiken där varan köptes kan ge mer information om var du lämnar
kasserade produkter för återvinning.
Environmental product stewardship program
153
Appendix A
Power consumption
Hewlett-Packard printing and imaging equipment marked with the ENERGY STAR® logo is qualified
to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency’s ENERGY STAR specifications for imaging
equipment. The following mark will appear on ENERGY STAR qualified imaging products:
ENERGY STAR is a U.S. registered service mark of the U.S. EPA. As an ENERGY STAR partner,
HP has determined that this product meets ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency.
Additional ENERGY STAR qualified imaging product model information is listed at:
www.hp.com/go/energystar
Chemical Substances
HP is committed to providing our customers with information about the chemical substances in our
products as needed to comply with legal requirements such as REACH (Regulation EC No
1907/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council). A chemical information report for this
product can be found at: www.hp.com/go/reach
RoHS notices (China only)
Toxic and hazardous substance table
154
Technical information
Third-party licenses
This section contains the following topics:
•
HP Officejet 4500 Desktop
•
HP Officejet 4500
•
HP Officejet 4500 Wireless
Third-party licenses
155
Appendix A
HP Officejet 4500 Desktop
Third-party licenses
AES
rijndael-alg-fst.c
@version 3.0 (December 2000)
Optimised ANSI C code for the Rijndael cipher (now AES)
@author Vincent Rijmen <vincent.rijmen@esat.kuleuven.ac.be>
@author Antoon Bosselaers <antoon.bosselaers@esat.kuleuven.ac.be>
@author Paulo Barreto <paulo.barreto@terra.com.br>
This code is hereby placed in the public domain.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHORS ''AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
156
Technical information
SHA2
FIPS 180-2 SHA-224/256/384/512 implementation
Last update: 02/02/2007
Issue date: 04/30/2005
Copyright (C) 2005, 2007 Olivier Gay <olivier.gay@a3.epfl.ch>
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list
of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this
list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or
other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of the project nor the names of its contributors may be used
to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific
prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE PROJECT AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
PROJECT OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Third-party licenses
157
Appendix A
ZLIB
zlib.h -- interface of the 'zlib' general purpose compression library version
1.2.3, July 18th, 2005
Copyright (C) 1995-2005 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. In no
event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this
software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including
commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely, subject to the
following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim
that you wrote the original software. If you use this software in a product, an
acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is
not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
Jean-loup Gailly
jloup@gzip.org
Mark Adler
madler@alumni.caltech.edu
The data format used by the zlib library is described by RFCs (Request for
Comments) 1950 to 1952 in the files http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1950.txt (zlib
format), rfc1951.txt (deflate format) and rfc1952.txt (gzip format).
158
Technical information
HP Officejet 4500
Third-party licenses
AES
rijndael-alg-fst.c
@version 3.0 (December 2000)
Optimised ANSI C code for the Rijndael cipher (now AES)
@author Vincent Rijmen <vincent.rijmen@esat.kuleuven.ac.be>
@author Antoon Bosselaers <antoon.bosselaers@esat.kuleuven.ac.be>
@author Paulo Barreto <paulo.barreto@terra.com.br>
This code is hereby placed in the public domain.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHORS ''AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Third-party licenses
159
Appendix A
Expat
Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT
OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
160
Technical information
OpenSSL
Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
All rights reserved.
This package is an SSL implementation written by Eric Young
(eay@cryptsoft.com).
The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as the
following conditions are aheared to. The following conditions apply to all code
found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA, lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the
SSL code. The SSL documentation included with this distribution is covered by the
same copyright terms except that the holder is Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com).
Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in
the code are not to be removed.
If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution
as the author of the parts of the library used.
This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or
in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright notice, this list of
conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this
list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or
other materials provided with the distribution.
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must
display the following acknowledgement:
"This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
(eay@cryptsoft.com)"
The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library
being used are not cryptographic related :-).
4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from
the apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
"This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
Third-party licenses
161
Appendix A
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
derivative of this code cannot be changed. i.e. this code cannot simply be
copied and put under another distribution licence [including the GNU Public
Licence.]
========================================================
Copyright (c) 1998-2001 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list
of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this
list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or
other materials provided with the distribution.
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must
display the following acknowledgment:
"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in
the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior written
permission. For written permission, please contact openssl-core@openssl.org.
5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL" nor may
"OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written permission of the
OpenSSL Project.
6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
acknowledgment:
"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in
the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
162
Technical information
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL
PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
========================================================
This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
(eay@cryptsoft.com). This product includes software written by Tim Hudson
(tjh@cryptsoft.com).
========================================================
Copyright (c) 1998-2006 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list
of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this
list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or
other materials provided with the distribution.
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must
display the following acknowledgment:
"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in
the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior written
permission. For written permission, please contact openssl-core@openssl.org.
5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL" nor may
"OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written permission of the
OpenSSL Project.
6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
acknowledgment:
"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in
the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
Third-party licenses
163
Appendix A
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL
PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
========================================================
This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
(eay@cryptsoft.com). This product includes software written by Tim Hudson
(tjh@cryptsoft.com).
=======================================================
Copyright 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
ECC cipher suite support in OpenSSL originally developed by
SUN MICROSYSTEMS, INC., and contributed to the OpenSSL project.
SHA2
FIPS 180-2 SHA-224/256/384/512 implementation
Last update: 02/02/2007
Issue date: 04/30/2005
Copyright (C) 2005, 2007 Olivier Gay <olivier.gay@a3.epfl.ch>
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list
of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this
list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or
other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of the project nor the names of its contributors may be used
to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific
prior written permission.
164
Technical information
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE PROJECT AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
PROJECT OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
========================================================
ZLIB
zlib.h -- interface of the 'zlib' general purpose compression library
version 1.2.3, July 18th, 2005
Copyright (C) 1995-2005 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. In no
event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this
software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including
commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely, subject to the
following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim that
you wrote the original software. If you use this software in a product, an
acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is
not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
Jean-loup Gailly
jloup@gzip.org
Mark Adler
madler@alumni.caltech.edu
The data format used by the zlib library is described by RFCs (Request for
Comments) 1950 to 1952 in the files http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1950.txt
(zlib format), rfc1951.txt (deflate format) and rfc1952.txt (gzip format).
Third-party licenses
165
Appendix A
HP Officejet 4500 Wireless
Third-party licenses
AES
rijndael-alg-fst.c
@version 3.0 (December 2000)
Optimised ANSI C code for the Rijndael cipher (now AES)
@author Vincent Rijmen <vincent.rijmen@esat.kuleuven.ac.be>
@author Antoon Bosselaers <antoon.bosselaers@esat.kuleuven.ac.be>
@author Paulo Barreto <paulo.barreto@terra.com.br>
This code is hereby placed in the public domain.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHORS ''AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
166
Technical information
Expat
Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the
Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy,
modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the
Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT
OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Third-party licenses
167
Appendix A
OpenSSL
Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com)
All rights reserved.
This package is an SSL implementation written by Eric Young
(eay@cryptsoft.com). The implementation was written so as to conform with
Netscapes SSL.
This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as the
following conditions are aheared to. The following conditions apply to all code
found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA, lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the
SSL code. The SSL documentation included with this distribution is covered by
the same copyright terms except that the holder is Tim Hudson
(tjh@cryptsoft.com).
Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in the code
are not to be removed. If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should
be given attribution as the author of the parts of the library used. This can be in
the form of a textual message at program startup or in documentation (online or
textual) provided with the package.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright notice, this list of
conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this
list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or
other materials provided with the distribution.
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must
display the following acknowledgement:
"This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
(eay@cryptsoft.com)"
The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library being
used are not cryptographic related :-).
4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from the
apps directory (application code) you must include an acknowledgement:
"This product includes software written by Tim Hudson (tjh@cryptsoft.com)"
168
Technical information
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE
The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or
derivative of this code cannot be changed. i.e. this code cannot simply be
copied and put under another distribution licence [including the GNU Public
Licence.]
========================================================
Copyright (c) 1998-2001 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list
of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this
list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or
other materials provided with the distribution.
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must
display the following acknowledgment:
"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in
the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior written
permission. For written permission, please contact openssl-core@openssl.org.
5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL" nor may
"OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written permission of the
OpenSSL Project.
6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
acknowledgment:
"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in
the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
Third-party licenses
169
Appendix A
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL
PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
========================================================
This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
(eay@cryptsoft.com). This product includes software written by Tim Hudson
(tjh@cryptsoft.com).
========================================================
Copyright (c) 1998-2006 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list
of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this
list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or
other materials provided with the distribution.
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must
display the following acknowledgment:
"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in
the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to
endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior written
permission. For written permission, please contact openssl-core@openssl.org.
5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL" nor may
"OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written permission of the
OpenSSL Project.
6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
acknowledgment:
"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in
the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
170
Technical information
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY
EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL
PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
========================================================
This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young
(eay@cryptsoft.com). This product includes software written by Tim Hudson
(tjh@cryptsoft.com).
========================================================
Copyright 2002 Sun Microsystems, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
ECC cipher suite support in OpenSSL originally developed by SUN
MICROSYSTEMS, INC., and contributed to the OpenSSL project.
SHA2
FIPS 180-2 SHA-224/256/384/512 implementation
Last update: 02/02/2007
Issue date: 04/30/2005
Copyright (C) 2005, 2007 Olivier Gay <olivier.gay@a3.epfl.ch>
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list
of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this
list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or
other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of the project nor the names of its contributors may be used
to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific
prior written permission.
Third-party licenses
171
Appendix A
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE PROJECT AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
PROJECT OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
========================================================
ZLIB
zlib.h -- interface of the 'zlib' general purpose compression library version
1.2.3, July 18th, 2005
Copyright (C) 1995-2005 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. In no
event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising from the use of this
software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including
commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it freely, subject to the
following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim
that you wrote the original software. If you use this software in a product, an
acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is
not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
Jean-loup Gailly
jloup@gzip.org
Mark Adler
madler@alumni.caltech.edu
The data format used by the zlib library is described by RFCs (Request for
Comments) 1950 to 1952 in the files http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1950.txt (zlib
format), rfc1951.txt (deflate format) and rfc1952.txt (gzip format).
172
Technical information
B
HP supplies and accessories
This section provides information on HP supplies and accessories for the device. The information is
subject to changes, visit the HP Web site (www.hpshopping.com) for the latest updates. You may
also make purchases through the Web site.
This section contains the following topics:
•
Order printing supplies online
•
Supplies
Order printing supplies online
For a list of HP cartridge numbers that work with your printer, see Supported ink cartridges. Cartridge
information and links to online shopping also appear on ink alert messages.
You can order printing supplies online using the following tools:
NOTE: For more information about opening and using these HP software tools, see Device
management tools
•
HP Solution Center (Windows): From HP Solution Center, click the Shopping icon, and then
select Shop Online to order supplies or Print My Shopping List to create a printable shopping
list. HP Solution Center uploads, with your permission, printer information, including model
number, serial number, and estimated ink levels. The HP supplies that work in your printer are
pre-selected. You can change quantities, add or remove items, and then print the list or purchase
online at the HP Store or other online retailers (options differ by country/region).
•
HP Toolbox (Windows): On the Estimated Ink Level tab, click Shop Online.
•
HP Utility (Mac OS X): On the toolbar, click the Supplies icon.
•
HP SureSupply Web site: In a standard Web browser, go to www.hp.com/buy/supplies. If
prompted, choose your country/region, follow the prompts to select your product, and then the
supplies you need.
•
Embedded Web server (EWS): From the EWS, click Order Supplies. Click Send to send
printer information (such as model number, serial number, and estimated ink levels) to HP, and
you will be re-directed to the HP SureSupply Web site.
NOTE: Ordering cartridges online is not supported in all countries/regions. However, many
countries have information on ordering by telephone, locating a local store and printing a
shopping list. In addition, you can select the How to Buy option at the top of the www.hp.com/
buy/supplies page to obtain information about purchasing HP products in your country.
Supplies
This section contains the following topics:
Supported ink cartridges
•
•
HP media
Supported ink cartridges
You can check the following places to find which cartridges are supported by the device:
•
The ink supplies label (located inside the printer, near the ink cartridges).
•
The HP SureSuppply Web site (www.hp.com/buy/supplies). For more information, see Order
printing supplies online.
The label of the ink cartridge you are replacing.
•
HP supplies and accessories
173
Appendix B
•
The HP software on your computer:
NOTE: For more information about opening and using these HP software tools, see Device
management tools
•
◦
Solution Center (Windows): Click Status, and then click Estimated Ink Levels. The My
Cartridges tab lists the currently installed cartridges. The All Cartridges tab lists all
supported cartridges for the device.
◦
Toolbox (Windows): Click the Estimated Ink Levels tab, and then click the Cartridge
Details button to view information about replacement ink cartridges.
◦
HP Utility (Mac OS X):: Click the Supplies Info icon in the Information and Support pane.
◦
Embedded Web server: Click the Information tab, and then click Device Information in
the left pane.
The self-test diagnostic page. For more information, see Understand the Printer Status Report
and Self-Test Report.
NOTE: When replacing ink cartridges, make sure to use only replacement cartridges that have
the same cartridge number as the ink cartridge you are replacing.
HP media
To order media such as HP Advanced Photo Paper, go to www.hp.com.
174
HP supplies and accessories
C
Additional fax setup
After completing all the steps in the getting started guide, use the instructions in this section to
complete your fax setup. Keep your getting started guide for later use.
In this section, you will learn how to set up the device so that faxing works successfully with
equipment and services you might already have on the same phone line.
TIP: You can also use the Fax Setup Wizard (Windows) or HP Setup Assistant (Mac OS X) to
help you quickly set up some important fax settings such as the answer mode and fax header
information. You can access these tools through the software you installed with the device. After
you run these tools, follow the procedures in this section to complete your fax setup.
This section contains the following topics:
•
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)
•
•
Serial-type fax setup
Test fax setup
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)
Before you begin setting up the device for faxing, determine which kind of phone system your
country/region uses. The instructions for fax setup differ depending on whether you have a serialor parallel-type phone system.
•
If you do not see your country/region listed in the table below, you probably have a serial-type
phone system. In a serial-type phone system, the connector type on your shared telephone
equipment (modems, phones, and answering machines) does not allow a physical connection
to the "2-EXT" port on the device. Instead, all equipment must be connected at the telephone
wall jack.
NOTE: In some countries/regions that use serial-type phone systems, the phone cord that
came with the device might have an additional wall plug attached to it. This enables you to
connect other telecom devices to the wall jack where you plug in the device.
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for your country/
region.
•
If your country/region is listed in the table below, you probably have a parallel-type telephone
system. In a parallel-type phone system, you are able to connect shared telephone equipment
to the phone line by using the "2-EXT" port on the back of the device.
NOTE: If you have a parallel-type phone system, HP recommends you use the 2-wire
phone cord supplied with the device to connect it to the telephone wall jack.
Table C-1 Countries/regions with a parallel-type phone system
Argentina
Australia
Brazil
Canada
Chile
China
Colombia
Greece
India
Indonesia
Ireland
Japan
Korea
Latin America
Malaysia
Mexico
Philippines
Poland
Additional fax setup
175
Appendix C
Countries/regions with a parallel-type phone system (continued)
Portugal
Russia
Saudi Arabia
Singapore
Spain
Taiwan
Thailand
USA
Venezuela
Vietnam
If you are unsure which kind of telephone system you have (serial or parallel), check with your
telephone company.
This section contains the following topics:
•
Choose the correct fax setup for your home or office
•
Case A: Separate fax line (no voice calls received)
•
Case B: Set up the device with DSL
•
Case C: Set up the device with a PBX phone system or an ISDN line
•
Case D: Fax with a distinctive ring service on the same line
•
Case E: Shared voice/fax line
•
Case F: Shared voice/fax line with voice mail
•
Case G: Fax line shared with computer modem (no voice calls received)
•
Case H: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem
•
Case I: Shared voice/fax line with answering machine
•
Case J: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem and answering machine
•
Case K: Shared voice/fax line with computer dial-up modem and voice mail
Choose the correct fax setup for your home or office
To fax successfully, you need to know what types of equipment and services (if any) share the same
phone line with the device. This is important because you might need to connect some of your
existing office equipment directly to the device, and you might also need to change some fax settings
before you can fax successfully.
1. Determine if your telephone system is serial or parallel (see Set up faxing (parallel phone
systems)).
a.
Serial-type telephone system — See Serial-type fax setup.
b. Parallel-type telephone system — Go to step 2.
2.
176
Select the combination of equipment and services sharing your fax line.
•
DSL: A Digital subscriber line (DSL) service through your telephone company. (DSL might
be called ADSL in your country/region.)
•
PBX: A private branch exchange (PBX) phone system or an integrated services digital
network (ISDN) system.
•
Distinctive ring service: A distinctive ring service through your telephone company provides
multiple telephone numbers with different ring patterns.
•
Voice calls: Voice calls are received at the same phone number you use for fax calls on the
device.
•
Computer dial-up modem: A computer dial-up modem is on the same phone line as the
device. If you answer Yes to any of the following questions, you are using a computer dialup modem:
◦
Do you send and receive faxes directly to and from your computer software applications
through a dial-up connection?
◦
Do you send and receive e-mail messages on your computer through a dial-up
connection?
◦
Do you access the Internet from your computer through a dial-up connection?
Additional fax setup
3.
•
Answering machine: An answering machine that answers voice calls at the same phone
number you use for fax calls on the device.
•
Voice mail service: A voice mail subscription through your telephone company at the same
number you use for fax calls on the device.
From the following table, choose the combination of equipment and services applicable to your
home or office setting. Then look up the recommended fax setup. Step-by-step instructions are
included for each case in the sections that follow.
NOTE: If your home or office setup is not described in this section, set up the device as you
would a regular analog phone. Make sure you use the phone cord supplied in the box to connect
one end to your telephone wall jack and the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of
the device. If you use another phone cord, you might experience problems sending and receiving
faxes.
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for your country/
region.
Other equipment or services sharing your fax line
DSL
PBX
Distinct
ive ring
service
Voice
calls
Computer
dial-up
modem
Answering
machine
Voice
mail
service
Recommended fax
setup
Case A: Separate fax
line (no voice calls
received)
Case B: Set up the
device with DSL
Case C: Set up the
device with a PBX
phone system or an
ISDN line
Case D: Fax with a
distinctive ring
service on the same
line
Case E: Shared
voice/fax line
Case F: Shared
voice/fax line with
voice mail
Case G: Fax line
shared with computer
modem (no voice
calls received)
Case H: Shared
voice/fax line with
computer modem
Case I: Shared voice/
fax line with
answering machine
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)
177
Appendix C
(continued)
Other equipment or services sharing your fax line
DSL
PBX
Distinct
ive ring
service
Voice
calls
Computer
dial-up
modem
Answering
machine
Voice
mail
service
Recommended fax
setup
Case J: Shared
voice/fax line with
computer modem
and answering
machine
Case K: Shared
voice/fax line with
computer dial-up
modem and voice
mail
Case A: Separate fax line (no voice calls received)
If you have a separate phone line on which you receive no voice calls, and you have no other
equipment connected on this phone line, set up the device as described in this section.
Back view of the device
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the
1-LINE port
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
To set up the device with a separate fax line
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your telephone
wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device.
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for
your country/region.
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the phone
cords you might already have in your home or office.
2.
178
Turn on the Auto Answer setting.
Additional fax setup
3.
(Optional) Change the Rings to Answer setting to the lowest setting (two rings).
4.
Run a fax test.
When the phone rings, the device answers automatically after the number of rings you set in the
Rings to Answer setting. The device begins emitting fax reception tones to the sending fax machine
and receives the fax.
Case B: Set up the device with DSL
If you have a DSL service through your telephone company, and do not connect any equipment to
the device, use the instructions in this section to connect a DSL filter between the telephone wall
jack and the device. The DSL filter removes the digital signal that can interfere with the device, so
the device can communicate properly with the phone line. (DSL might be called ADSL in your country/
region.)
NOTE: If you have a DSL line and you do not connect the DSL filter, you will not be able to
send and receive faxes with the device.
Back view of the device
1
Telephone wall jack
2
DSL (or ADSL) filter and cord supplied by your DSL provider
3
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the
1-LINE port
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
To set up the device with DSL
1. Obtain a DSL filter from your DSL provider.
2.
Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to the open port on
the DSL filter, and then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the
device.
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for
your country/region.
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the DSL filter to the device, you might
not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the phone cords
you might already have in your home or office.
As only one phone cord is supplied, you might need to obtain additional phone cords for this
setup.
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)
179
Appendix C
3.
Connect an additional phone cord from the DSL filter to the telephone wall jack.
4.
Run a fax test.
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your local service
provider or vendor for further assistance.
Case C: Set up the device with a PBX phone system or an ISDN line
If you are using either a PBX phone system or an ISDN converter/terminal adapter, make sure you
do the following:
•
If you are using either a PBX or an ISDN converter/terminal adaptor, connect the device to the
port that is designated for fax and phone use. Also, make sure that the terminal adapter is set
to the correct switch type for your country/region, if possible.
NOTE: Some ISDN systems allow you to configure the ports for specific phone equipment.
For example, you might have assigned one port for telephone and Group 3 fax and another
port for multiple purposes. If you have problems when connected to the fax/phone port of
your ISDN converter, try using the port designated for multiple purposes; it might be labeled
"multi-combi" or something similar.
•
If you are using a PBX phone system, set the call waiting tone to "off."
NOTE: Many digital PBX systems include a call-waiting tone that is set to "on" by default.
The call waiting tone will interfere with any fax transmission, and you will not be able to send
or receive faxes with the device. Refer to the documentation that came with your PBX phone
system for instructions on how to turn off the call-waiting tone.
•
If you are using a PBX phone system, dial the number for an outside line before dialing the fax
number.
•
Make sure you use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device. If
you do not, you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from
the phone cords you might already have in your home or office. If the supplied phone cord is
too short, you can purchase a coupler from your local electronics store and extend it.
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for your country/
region.
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your local service
provider or vendor for further assistance.
Case D: Fax with a distinctive ring service on the same line
If you subscribe to a distinctive ring service (through your telephone company) that allows you to
have multiple phone numbers on one phone line, each with a different ring pattern, set up the device
as described in this section.
Back view of the device
180
Additional fax setup
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the
1-LINE port
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
To set up the device with a distinctive ring service
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your telephone
wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device.
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for
your country/region.
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the phone
cords you might already have in your home or office.
2.
Turn on the Auto Answer setting.
3.
Change the Distinctive Ring setting to match the pattern that the telephone company assigned
to your fax number.
NOTE: By default, the device is set to answer all ring patterns. If you do not set the
Distinctive Ring to match the ring pattern assigned to your fax number, the device might
answer both voice calls and fax calls or it might not answer at all.
4.
(Optional) Change the Rings to Answer setting to the lowest setting (two rings).
5.
Run a fax test.
The device automatically answers incoming calls that have the ring pattern you selected (Distinctive
Ring setting) after the number of rings you selected (Rings to Answer setting). The device begins
emitting fax reception tones to the sending fax machine and receives the fax.
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your local service
provider or vendor for further assistance.
Case E: Shared voice/fax line
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you have no other office
equipment (or voice mail) on this phone line, set up the device as described in this section.
Back view of the device
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)
181
Appendix C
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the
1-LINE port
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
3
Telephone (optional)
To set up the device with a shared voice/fax line
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your telephone
wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device.
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for
your country/region.
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the phone
cords you might already have in your home or office.
2.
3.
Do one of the following:
•
If you have a parallel-type phone system, remove the white plug from the port labeled 2EXT on the back of the device, and then connect a phone to this port.
•
If you have a serial-type phone system, you might plug your phone directly on top of the
device cable which has a wall plug attached to it.
Now you need to decide how you want the device to answer calls, automatically or manually:
•
If you set up the device to answer calls automatically, it answers all incoming calls and
receives faxes. The device will not be able to distinguish between fax and voice calls in this
case; if you suspect the call is a voice call, you will need to answer it before the device
answers the call. To set up the device to answer calls automatically, turn on the Auto
Answer setting.
•
4.
If you set up the device to answer faxes manually, you must be available to respond in
person to incoming fax calls or the device cannot receive faxes. To set up the device to
answer calls manually, turn off the Auto Answer setting.
Run a fax test.
If you pick up the phone before the device answers the call and hear fax tones from a sending fax
machine, you will need to answer the fax call manually.
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your local service
provider or vendor for further assistance.
Case F: Shared voice/fax line with voice mail
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you also subscribe to
a voice mail service through your telephone company, set up the device as described in this section.
NOTE: You cannot receive faxes automatically if you have a voice mail service at the same
phone number you use for fax calls. You must receive faxes manually; this means you must be
available to respond in person to incoming fax calls. If you want to receive faxes automatically
instead, contact your telephone company to subscribe to a distinctive ring service, or to obtain
a separate phone line for faxing.
182
Additional fax setup
Back view of the device
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the
"1-LINE" port
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
To set up the device with voice mail
1. Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your telephone
wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device.
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for your country/
region.
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for
your country/region.
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the phone
cords you might already have in your home or office.
2.
Turn off the Auto Answer setting.
3.
Run a fax test.
You must be available to respond in person to incoming fax calls, or the device cannot receive faxes.
You must initiate the manual fax before voicemail picks up the line.
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your local service
provider or vendor for further assistance.
Case G: Fax line shared with computer modem (no voice calls received)
If you have a fax line on which you receive no voice calls, and you also have a computer modem
connected on this line, set up the device as described in this section.
NOTE: If you have a computer dial-up modem, your computer dial-up modem shares the phone
line with the device. You will not be able to use both your modem and the device simultaneously.
For example, you cannot use the device for faxing while you are using your computer dial-up
modem to send an e-mail or access the Internet.
•
Set up the device with a computer dial-up modem
•
Set up the device with a computer DSL/ADSL modem
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)
183
Appendix C
Set up the device with a computer dial-up modem
If you are using the same phone line for sending faxes and for a computer dial-up modem, follow
these directions for setting up the device.
Back view of the device
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the
"1-LINE" port
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
3
Computer with modem
To set up the device with a computer dial-up modem
1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.
2.
Find the phone cord that connects from the back of your computer (your computer dial-up
modem) to a telephone wall jack. Disconnect the cord from the telephone wall jack and plug it
into the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.
3.
Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your telephone
wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device.
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for
your country/region.
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the phone
cords you might already have in your home or office.
4.
If your modem software is set to receive faxes to your computer automatically, turn off that
setting.
NOTE: If you do not turn off the automatic fax reception setting in your modem software,
the device will not be able to receive faxes.
5.
Turn on the Auto Answer setting.
6.
(Optional) Change the Rings to Answer setting to the lowest setting (two rings).
7.
Run a fax test.
When the phone rings, the device automatically answers after the number of rings you set in the
Rings to Answer setting. The device begins emitting fax reception tones to the sending fax machine
and receives the fax.
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your local service
provider or vendor for further assistance.
184
Additional fax setup
Set up the device with a computer DSL/ADSL modem
If you have a DSL line and use that phone line to send faxes, follow these instructions to set up your
fax.
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Parallel splitter
3
DSL/ADSL filter
Connect one end of the phone jack that was supplied with the device to
connect to the 1-LINE port on the back of the device. Connect the other
end of the cord to the DSL/ADSL filter.
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
4
Computer
5
Computer DSL/ADSL modem
NOTE: You will need to purchase a parallel splitter. A parallel splitter has one RJ-11 port on
the front and two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a 2–line phone splitter, a serial splitter,
or a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the front and a plug on the back.
To set up the device with a computer DSL/ADSL modem
1. Obtain a DSL filter from your DSL provider.
2.
Using the phone cord provided in the box with the device, connect one end to the DSL filter, and
then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device.
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for
your country/region.
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the DSL filter to the back of the device,
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the phone
cords you might already have in your home or office.
3.
Connect the DSL filter to the parallel splitter.
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)
185
Appendix C
4.
Connect the DSL modem to the parallel splitter.
5.
Connect the parallel splitter to the wall jack.
6.
Run a fax test.
When the phone rings, the device automatically answers after the number of rings you set in the
Rings to Answer setting. The device begins emitting fax reception tones to the sending fax machine
and receives the fax.
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your local service
provider or vendor for further assistance.
Case H: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem
There are two different ways to set up the device with your computer based on the number of phone
ports on your computer. Before you begin, check your computer to see if it has one or two phone
ports.
NOTE: If your computer has only one phone port, you will need to purchase a parallel splitter
(also called a coupler), as shown below. (A parallel splitter has one RJ-11 port on the front and
two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a two-line phone splitter, a serial splitter, or a parallel
splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the front and a plug on the back.)
•
•
Shared voice/fax with computer dial-up modem
Shared voice/fax with computer DSL/ADSL modem
Shared voice/fax with computer dial-up modem
If you use your phone line for both fax and telephone calls, use these instructions to set up your fax.
There are two different ways to set up the device with your computer based on the number of phone
ports on your computer. Before you begin, check your computer to see if it has one or two phone
ports.
NOTE: If your computer has only one phone port, you will need to purchase a parallel splitter
(also called a coupler), as shown below. (A parallel splitter has one RJ-11 port on the front and
two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a two-line phone splitter, a serial splitter, or a parallel
splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the front and a plug on the back.)
Example of a parallel splitter
To set up the product on the same phone line as a computer with two phone ports
Back view of the product
186
Additional fax setup
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the 1LINE port.
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided
for your country/region.
3
Computer with modem
4
Telephone
1.
Remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the product.
2.
Find the phone cord that connects from the back of your computer (your computer dial-up
modem) to a telephone wall jack. Disconnect the cord from the telephone wall jack and plug it
into the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the product.
3.
Connect a phone to the "OUT" port on the back of your computer dial-up modem.
4.
Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the product, connect one end to your telephone
wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the product.
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for
your country/region.
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the phone
cords you might already have in your home or office.
5.
If your modem software is set to receive faxes to your computer automatically, turn off that
setting.
NOTE: If you do not turn off the automatic fax reception setting in your modem software,
the HP product will not be able to receive faxes.
6.
Now you need to decide how you want the product to answer calls, automatically or manually:
•
If you set up the product to answer calls automatically, it answers all incoming calls and
receives faxes. The HP All-in-One will not be able to distinguish between fax and voice calls
in this case; if you suspect the call is a voice call, you will need to answer it before the product
answers the call. To set up the product to answer calls automatically, turn on the Auto
Answersetting.
•
If you set up the product to answer faxes manually, you must be available to respond in
person to incoming fax calls or the product cannot receive faxes. To set up the product to
answer calls manually, turn off the Auto Answersetting.
7. Run a fax test.
If you pick up the phone before the device answers the call and hear fax tones from a sending fax
machine, you will need to answer the fax call manually.
If you use your phone line for voice, fax, and your computer dial-up modem, follow these directions
to set up your fax.
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your local service
provider or vendor for further assistance.
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)
187
Appendix C
Shared voice/fax with computer DSL/ADSL modem
Use these instructions if your computer has a DSL/ADSL modem
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Parallel splitter
3
DSL/ADSL filter
4
Phone cord supplied with the device
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
5
DSL/ADSL modem
6
Computer
7
Telephone
NOTE: You will need to purchase a parallel splitter. A parallel splitter has one RJ-11 port on
the front and two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a 2–line phone splitter, a serial splitter,
or a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the front and a plug on the back.
188
Additional fax setup
To set up the device with a computer DSL/ADSL modem
1. Obtain a DSL filter from your DSL provider.
NOTE: Phones in other parts of the home/office sharing the same phone number with DSL
service will need to be connected to additional DSL filters, otherwise you will experience
noise when making voice calls.
2.
Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the devices, connect one end to the DSL filter,
then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device.
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for
your country/region.
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the DSL filter to the device, you might
not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from phone cords you
might already have in your home or office.
3.
If you have a parallel-type phone system, remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-EXT on
the back of the device, and then connect a phone to this port.
4.
5.
Connect the DSL filter to the parallel splitter.
Connect the DSL modem to the parallel splitter.
6.
Connect the parallel splitter to the wall jack.
7. Run a fax test.
When the phone rings, the device automatically answers after the number of rings you set in the
Rings to Answer setting. The device begins emitting fax reception tones to the sending fax machine
and receives the fax.
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your local service
provider or vendor for further assistance.
Case I: Shared voice/fax line with answering machine
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you also have an
answering machine that answers voice calls at this phone number, set up the device as described
in this section.
Back view of the device
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Use the phone cord provided to connect to the 1-LINE port on the back of
the device
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided
for your country/region.
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)
189
Appendix C
(continued)
3
Answering machine
4
Telephone (optional)
To set up the device with a shared voice/fax line with answering machine
1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.
2.
Unplug your answering machine from the telephone wall jack, and connect it to the port labeled
2-EXT on the back of the device.
NOTE: If you do not connect your answering machine directly to the device, fax tones from
a sending fax machine might be recorded on your answering machine, and you probably
will not be able to receive faxes with the device.
3.
Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your telephone
wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device.
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for
your country/region.
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the phone
cords you might already have in your home or office.
4.
(Optional) If your answering machine does not have a built-in phone, for convenience you might
want to connect a phone to the back of your answering machine at the "OUT" port.
NOTE: If your answering machine does not let you connect an external phone, you can
purchase and use a parallel splitter (also known as a coupler) to connect both the answering
machine and telephone to the device. You can use standard phone cords for these
connections.
5.
Turn on the Auto Answer setting.
6.
Set your answering machine to answer after a low number of rings.
7.
Change the Rings to Answer setting on the device to the maximum number of rings supported
by your device. (The maximum number of rings varies by country/region.)
8.
Run a fax test.
When the phone rings, your answering machine answers after the number of rings you have set,
and then plays your recorded greeting. The device monitors the call during this time, "listening" for
fax tones. If incoming fax tones are detected, the device emits fax reception tones and receives the
fax; if there are no fax tones, the device stops monitoring the line and your answering machine can
record a voice message.
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your local service
provider or vendor for further assistance.
Case J: Shared voice/fax line with computer modem and answering machine
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, and you also have a computer
modem and answering machine connected on this phone line, set up the HP device as described
in this section.
NOTE: Since your computer dial-up modem shares the phone line with the HP device, you
cannot use both your modem and the device simultaneously. For example, you cannot use the
HP device for faxing while you are using your computer dial-up modem to send an e-mail or
access the Internet.
190
•
Shared voice/fax line with computer dial-up modem and answering machine
•
Shared voice/fax line with computer DSL/ADSL modem and answering machine
Additional fax setup
Shared voice/fax line with computer dial-up modem and answering machine
There are two different ways to set up the product with your computer based on the number of phone
ports on your computer. Before you begin, check your computer to see if it has one or two phone
ports
NOTE: If your computer has only one phone port, you will need to purchase a parallel splitter
(also called a coupler), as shown below. (A parallel splitter has one RJ-11 port on the front and
two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a two-line phone splitter, a serial splitter, or a parallel
splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the front and a plug on the back.)
Example of a parallel splitter
To set up the product on the same phone line as a computer with two phone ports
Back view of the product
1
Telephone wall jack
2
"IN" phone port on your computer
3
"OUT" phone port on your computer
4
Telephone (optional)
5
Answering machine
6
Computer with modem
7
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the 1LINE port.
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided
for your country/region.
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)
191
Appendix C
1.
Remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the product.
2.
Find the phone cord that connects from the back of your computer (your computer dial-up
modem) to a telephone wall jack. Disconnect the cord from the telephone wall jack and plug it
into the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the product.
3.
Unplug your answering machine from the telephone wall jack, and connect it to the port labeled
"OUT" on the back of the computer (the computer dial-up modem).
4.
Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the product, connect one end to your telephone
wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the product.
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for
your country/region.
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the phone
cords you might already have in your home or office.
5.
(Optional) If your answering machine does not have a built-in phone, for convenience you might
want to connect a phone to the back of your answering machine at the "OUT" port.
NOTE: If your answering machine does not let you connect an external phone, you can
purchase and use a parallel splitter (also known as a coupler) to connect both the answering
machine and telephone to the product. You can use standard phone cords for these
connections.
6.
If your modem software is set to receive faxes to your computer automatically, turn off that
setting.
NOTE: If you do not turn off the automatic fax reception setting in your modem software,
the HP product will not be able to receive faxes.
7.
Turn on the Auto Answer setting.
8.
Set your answering machine to answer after a low number of rings.
9.
Change the Rings to Answer setting on the product to the maximum number of rings supported
by the product. (The maximum number of rings varies by country/region.)
10. Run a fax test.
When the phone rings, your answering machine will answer after the number of rings you have set,
and then play your recorded greeting. The product monitors the call during this time, "listening" for
fax tones. If incoming fax tones are detected, the product will emit fax reception tones and receive
the fax; if there are no fax tones, the product stops monitoring the line and your answering machine
can record a voice message.
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your local service
provider or vendor for further assistance.
192
Additional fax setup
Shared voice/fax line with computer DSL/ADSL modem and answering machine
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Parallel splitter
3
DSL/ADSL filter
4
Phone cord provided with the device connected to the 1-LINE port on the
back of the device
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
5
DSL/ADSL modem
6
Computer
7
Answering machine
8
Telephone (optional)
NOTE: You will need to purchase a parallel splitter. A parallel splitter has one RJ-11 port on
the front and two RJ-11 ports on the back. Do not use a 2–line phone splitter, a serial splitter,
or a parallel splitter which has two RJ-11 ports on the front and a plug on the back.
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)
193
Appendix C
To set up the device with a computer DSL/ADSL modem
1. Obtain a DSL/ADSL filter from your DSL/ADSL provider.
NOTE: Phones in other parts of the home/office sharing the same phone number with DSL/
ADSL service will need to be connected to additional DSL/ADSL filters, otherwise you will
experience noise when making voice calls.
2.
Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to the DSL/ADSL
filter, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device.
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for
your country/region.
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the DSL/ADSL filter to the device, you
might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the phone
cords you might already have in your home or office.
3.
Connect the DSL/ADSL filter to the splitter.
4.
Unplug the answering machine from the telephone wall jack, and connect it to the port labeled
2-EXT on the back of the device.
NOTE: If you do not connect your answering machine directly to the device, fax tones from
a sending fax machine might be recorded on your answering machine, and you probably
will not be able to receive faxes with the device.
5.
Connect the DSL modem to the parallel splitter.
6.
Connect the parallel splitter to the wall jack.
7.
Set your answering machine to answer after a low number of rings.
8.
Change your Rings to Answer setting on the device to the maximum number of rings supported
by the device.
NOTE: The maximum number of rings varies by country/region.
9.
Run a fax test.
When the phone rings, your answering machine will answer after the number of rings you have set,
and then play your recorded greeting. The device monitors the call during this time, “listening” for
fax tones. If incoming fax tones are detected, the device will emit fax reception tones and receive
the fax; if there are no fax tones, the device stops monitoring the line and your answering machine
can record a voice message.
If you use the same phone line for telephone, fax, and have a computer DSL modem, follow these
instructions to set up your fax.
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your local service
provider or vendor for further assistance.
Case K: Shared voice/fax line with computer dial-up modem and voice mail
If you receive both voice calls and fax calls at the same phone number, use a computer dial-up
modem on the same phone line, and subscribe to a voice mail service through your telephone
company, set up the device as described in this section.
NOTE: You cannot receive faxes automatically if you have a voice mail service at the same
phone number you use for fax calls. You must receive faxes manually; this means you must be
available to respond in person to incoming fax calls. If you want to receive faxes automatically
instead, contact your telephone company to subscribe to a distinctive ring service, or to obtain
a separate phone line for faxing.
194
Additional fax setup
Since your computer dial-up modem shares the phone line with the device, you cannot use both
your modem and the device simultaneously. For example, you cannot use the device for faxing if
you are using your computer dial-up modem to send an e-mail or access the Internet.
There are two different ways to set up the device with your computer based on the number of phone
ports on your computer. Before you begin, check your computer to see if it has one or two phone
ports.
•
If your computer has only one phone port, you will need to purchase a parallel splitter (also called
a coupler), as shown below. (A parallel splitter has one RJ-11 port on the front and two RJ-11
ports on the back. Do not use a two-line phone splitter, a serial splitter, or a parallel splitter which
has two RJ-11 ports on the front and a plug on the back.)
Example of a parallel splitter
•
If your computer has two phone ports, set up the device as described below.
Back view of the device
1
Telephone wall jack
2
Use the phone cord supplied in the box with the device to connect to the
1-LINE port
You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter
provided for your country/region.
3
Parallel splitter
4
Computer with modem
5
Telephone
To set up the device on the same phone line as a computer with two phone ports
1. Remove the white plug from the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.
2.
Find the phone cord that connects from the back of your computer (your computer dial-up
modem) to a telephone wall jack. Disconnect the cord from the telephone wall jack and plug it
into the port labeled 2-EXT on the back of the device.
3.
Connect a phone to the "OUT" port on the back of your computer dial-up modem.
Set up faxing (parallel phone systems)
195
Appendix C
4.
Using the phone cord supplied in the box with the device, connect one end to your telephone
wall jack, then connect the other end to the port labeled 1-LINE on the back of the device.
NOTE: You might need to connect the supplied phone cord to the adapter provided for
your country/region.
If you do not use the supplied cord to connect from the telephone wall jack to the device,
you might not be able to fax successfully. This special phone cord is different from the phone
cords you might already have in your home or office.
5.
If your modem software is set to receive faxes to your computer automatically, turn off that
setting.
NOTE: If you do not turn off the automatic fax reception setting in your modem software,
the device will not be able to receive faxes.
6.
7.
Turn off the Auto Answer setting.
Run a fax test.
You must be available to respond in person to incoming fax calls, or the device cannot receive faxes.
If you encounter problems setting up the device with optional equipment, contact your local service
provider or vendor for further assistance.
Serial-type fax setup
For information on setting up the device for faxing using a serial-type phone system, see the Fax
Configuration Web site for your country/region.
196
Austria
www.hp.com/at/faxconfig
Germany
www.hp.com/de/faxconfig
Switzerland (French)
www.hp.com/ch/fr/faxconfig
Switzerland (German)
www.hp.com/ch/de/faxconfig
United Kingdom
www.hp.com/uk/faxconfig
Finland
www.hp.fi/faxconfig
Denmark
www.hp.dk/faxconfig
Sweden
www.hp.se/faxconfig
Norway
www.hp.no/faxconfig
Netherlands
www.hp.nl/faxconfig
Belgium (Dutch)
www.hp.be/nl/faxconfig
Belguim (French)
www.hp.be/fr/faxconfig
Portugal
www.hp.pt/faxconfig
Spain
www.hp.es/faxconfig
France
www.hp.com/fr/faxconfig
Ireland
www.hp.com/ie/faxconfig
Italy
www.hp.com/it/faxconfig
Additional fax setup
Test fax setup
You can test your fax setup to check the status of the device and to make sure it is set up properly
for faxing. Perform this test after you have completed setting up the device for faxing. The test does
the following:
•
Tests the fax hardware
•
•
Verifies the correct type of phone cord is connected to the device
Checks that the phone cord is plugged into the correct port
•
Checks for a dial tone
•
•
Checks for an active phone line
Tests the status of your phone line connection
The device prints a report with the results of the test. If the test fails, review the report for information
on how to fix the problem and rerun the test.
To test fax setup via the device control panel
1. Set up the device for faxing according to your particular home or office setup instructions.
2.
Make sure the ink cartridges are installed, and that full-size paper is loaded in the input tray
before starting the test.
3.
From the device control panel, press Setup.
4.
Select Tools, and then select Run Fax Test.
The device displays the status of the test on the display and prints a report.
5.
Review the report.
•
If the test passes and you are still having problems faxing, check the fax settings listed in
the report to verify the settings are correct. A blank or incorrect fax setting can cause
problems faxing.
•
If the test fails, review the report for more information on how to fix any problems found.
Test fax setup
197
D
Network setup (some models
only)
You can manage network settings for the device through the device control panel as described in
the next section. Additional advanced settings are available in the embedded Web server, a
configuration and status tool you access from your Web browser using an existing network
connection to the device. For more information, see Embedded Web server (some models only).
This section contains the following topics:
•
Change basic network settings
•
Change advanced network settings
•
Set up the device for wireless communication (some models only)
•
Uninstall and reinstall the software
Change basic network settings
The control-panel options enable you to set up and manage a wireless connection and to perform
a variety of network management tasks. This includes viewing the network settings, restoring the
network defaults, turning the wireless radio on and off, and changing the network settings.
This section contains the following topics:
•
View and print network settings
•
Turn the wireless radio on and off (some models only)
View and print network settings
You can display a summary of the network settings on the device control panel or the Network
Toolbox. You can print a more detailed network configuration page. The network configuration page
lists all of the important network settings such as the IP address, link speed, DNS, and mDNS. For
information on the network settings, see Understand the network configuration page (some models
only).
1. Press the Setup button.
2.
Press the arrow keys until Print Report is highlighted, and then press OK.
3.
Press the arrow keys unitl Network Settings is highlighted, and then press OK.
Turn the wireless radio on and off (some models only)
The wireless radio is on by default, as indicated by the blue light on the front of the device. In order
to stay connected to a wireless network, the radio must stay on. However, if your device is connected
to a wired network or you have a USB connection, the radio is not used. In this case you might want
to turn the radio off.
1.
Press the Setup button.
2.
Press the arrow keys until Network is highlighted, and then press OK.
3.
Select Wireless Radio, and then select Yes to turn the radio on, or No to turn the radio off.
Change advanced network settings
The advanced network settings are provided for your convenience. However, unless you are an
advanced user, you should not change any of these settings. The advanced settings include Link
Speed, IP Settings, and Default Gateway.
198
Network setup (some models only)
This section contains the following topics:
•
Set link speed
•
To View IP settings
•
To Change IP settings
Set link speed
You can change the speed at which data is transmitted over the network. The default is
Automatic.
1.
Press the Setup button.
2.
Press the arrow keys until Network is highlighted, then press OK.
3.
Select Advanced Setup, then select Link Speed.
4.
Press the number next to the link speed that matches your network hardware:
•
1. Automatic
•
2. 10-Full
•
3. 10-Half
•
4. 100-Full
•
5. 100-Half
To View IP settings
To view the IP address of the device:
•
Print the network configuration page. For more information, see Understand the network
configuration page (some models only).
•
Or, open the Network Toolbox (Windows), click the Network Settings tab, click the Wired or
Wireless tab (depending on the current connection), and then click IP Settings.
To Change IP settings
The default IP setting for the IP settings is Automatic, which sets the IP settings automatically.
However, if you are an advanced user, you might want to manually change, such as the IP address,
subnet mask, or the default gateway.
CAUTION: Be careful when manually assigning an IP address. If you enter an invalid IP
address during the installation, your network components will not be able to connect with the
device.
1.
Press the Setup button.
2.
3.
Press the arrow keys until Network is highlighted, and then press OK.
Select Advanced Setup, select IP Settings, and then select Manual IP Settings.
4.
Press the number next to the IP setting:
5.
•
•
1. IP Address
2. Subnet Mask
•
3. Default Gateway
Enter your changes, and then press OK.
Change advanced network settings
199
Appendix D
Set up the device for wireless communication (some models only)
You may set up the device for wireless communication using one of the following ways:
Setup method
Infrastructure
wireless
communication
Ad hoc wireless
communication*
USB cable
For more information, see To set up wireless
communication using the installer (Mac OS X) or To
set up wireless communication using the installer
(Windows).
Device control panel
* An ad hoc network can be set up using the Wireless Connection Utility on the HP software CD.
NOTE: If you encounter problems, see Solve wireless problems (some models only).
To use the device with any wireless connection, you must run the installation program at least
once from the HP software CD and create a wireless connection.
Make sure the device is not connected to the network using a network cable.
The sending device must have built-in 802.11 capabilities or an 802.11 wireless card installed.
The device and the computers that use it must be on the same subnet.
Before installing the device software, you may wish to find out the settings of your network. Obtain
the information from your system administrators, or complete the following tasks:
•
Obtain your network's network name or Service Set Identifier (SSID) and communication mode
(infrastructure or ad hoc) from the configuration utility for the network's wireless access point
(WAP) or the computer's network card.
•
•
Find out the type of encryption your network uses, such as Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP).
Find out the security password or encryption key of the wireless device.
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
Understand 802.11 wireless network settings
To set up wireless communication using the device control panel with wireless setup wizard
•
To set up wireless communication using the installer (Windows)
•
•
To set up wireless communication using the installer (Mac OS X)
Connect the device using an ad hoc wireless network connection
•
To turn off wireless communication
•
•
To print a wireless test page
Reset wireless settings
•
Change the connection method
•
•
Guidelines for ensuring wireless network security
Guidelines for reducing interference on a wireless network
Understand 802.11 wireless network settings
Network name (SSID)
By default, the device looks for the wireless network name or SSID named "hpsetup." Your network
may have a different SSID.
Communication mode
200
Network setup (some models only)
There are two communication mode options:
•
•
Ad hoc: On an ad hoc network, the device is set to ad hoc communication mode and
communicates directly with other wireless devices without the use of a WAP.
All devices on the ad hoc network must:
◦
Be 802.11 compatible
◦
Have ad hoc as the communication mode
◦
Have the same network name (SSID)
◦
Be on the same subnet and same channel
◦
Have the same 802.11 security settings
Infrastructure (recommended): On an infrastructure network, the device is set to infrastructure
communication mode and communicates with other devices on the network, whether the devices
are wired or wireless, through a WAP. WAPs commonly act as routers or gateways on small
networks.
Security settings
NOTE: For more information on wireless security, visit www.weca.net/opensection/pdf/
whitepaper_wi-fi_security4-29-03.pdf.
•
Network authentication: The device's factory default setting is 'Open,' which does not require
security for authorization or encryption. The other possible values are 'OpenThenShared,'
'Shared,' and 'WPA-PSK' (Wi-Fi® Protected Access Pre-Shared Key).
WPA increases the level of over-the-air data protection and access control on existing and future
Wi-Fi networks. It addresses all known weaknesses of WEP, the original native security
mechanism in the 802.11 standard.
WPA2 is the second generation of WPA security; it provides enterprise and consumer Wi-Fi
users with a high level of assurance that only authorized users can access their wireless
networks.
•
Data encryption:
◦
Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) provides security by encrypting data sent over radio waves
from one wireless device to another wireless device. Devices on a WEP-enabled network
use WEP keys to encode data. If your network uses WEP, you must know the WEP key(s)
it uses.
◦
WPA uses the Temporal Key Integrity Protocol (TKIP) for encryption and employs 802.1X
authentication with one of the standard Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) types
available today.
◦
WPA2 provides a new encryption scheme, the Advanced Encryption Standard (AES). AES
is defined in counter cipher-block chaining mode (CCM) and supports the Independent
Basic Service Set (IBSS) to enable security between client workstations operating in ad hoc
mode.
To set up wireless communication using the device control panel with wireless setup
wizard
The Wireless Setup Wizard provides an easy way to set up and manage a wireless connection to
your device.
NOTE: To use this method, you must have a wireless network set up and running.
1.
Set up the device hardware (see the getting started guide or the setup poster that came with
your device).
2.
On the device control panel, press the Setup button.
3.
4.
Press an arrow button to move to Wireless Menu, and then press OK.
Press an arrow button to move to Setup Wizard, and then press OK.
5.
Follow the display instructions to complete the setup.
Set up the device for wireless communication (some models only)
201
Appendix D
NOTE: If you cannot find the network name (SSID) and WPA key or WEP passphrase, contact
your network administrator or the person who set up the wireless network..
To set up wireless communication using the installer (Windows)
NOTE: For this method, you will need to have a wireless network set up and running. You will
also need a USB cable. Do not attach the USB cable until prompted by the installer.
1.
Save any open documents. Close any applications that are running on your computer.
2.
Insert the HP software CD into the CD drive. The CD menu runs automatically. If the CD menu
does not start automatically, double-click the setup icon on the HP Software CD.
3.
On the CD menu, click Install Network/Wireless Device, and then follow the onscreen
instructions.
NOTE: If the firewall software on your computer displays any messages during the
installation, select the “always permit/allow“ option in the messages. Selecting this option
allows the software to install successfully on your computer.
4.
When prompted, temporarily connect the USB wireless setup cable.
5.
Follow the onscreen instructions to complete the installation.
NOTE: If you cannot find the network name (SSID) and WPA key or WEP passphrase,
contact your network administrator or the person who set up the wireless network.
6.
Disconnect the USB wireless setup cable when prompted.
To set up wireless communication using the installer (Mac OS X)
1.
Connect a USB wireless setup cable to the port on the back of the HP device and then to any
USB port on the computer.
2.
Place the HP software CD into the computer.
3.
Double-click the HP Installer icon on the HP Software CD, and then follow the onscreen
instructions.
NOTE: If you cannot find the network name (SSID) and WPA key or WEP passphrase,
contact your network administrator or the person who set up the wireless network..
4.
Disconnect the USB wireless setup cable when prompted.
Connect the device using an ad hoc wireless network connection
Method 1
1. Turn on wireless in your computer and in the device.
2.
On your computer, connect to the network name (SSID) “hpsetup“. (This network name is the
default, ad hoc network created by the HP device.)
NOTE: If your HP device was previously configured for a different network, you can restore
the network defaults to enable the device to use “hpsetup“. To restore the network defaults
complete the following steps:
Reset the administrator password and network settings: Select Setup, select
Network, and then select Restore Network Defaults. For more information, see General
troubleshooting tips and resources.
202
Network setup (some models only)
To turn off wireless communication
•
Device control panel: Press Setup, then select Wireless, then select Wireless ON/OFF, and
then select either On or Off.
•
Press the wireless button on the front of the device.
To print a wireless test page
Print the wireless test page for information about the device's wireless connection. The wireless test
page provides information about the device's status, MAC address, and IP address. If the device is
connected to a network, the test page displays details about the network settings.
▲ Device control panel: Press Setup, select Print Report, select Wireless Test, and then press
OK.
Reset wireless settings
Reset network configuration settings
If the device is still unable to communicate with the network, reset the device’s network settings.
•
Press Setup. Press an arrow button to move to Network, and then press OK.
•
•
Press an arrow button to move to Reset Wireless, and then press OK.
Print the wireless configuration page and verify that the network settings have been reset. For
more information, see Understand the network configuration page (some models only).
By default, the network name (SSID) is “hpsetup” and the communication mode is “ad hoc.”
Change the connection method
If you have installed the software and connected your HP device using a USB or Ethernet cable, you
can change to a wireless connection any time you want.
Change from a USB connection to a wireless connection (Windows)
1. Select Start, Programs, HP, select your device, and then select Change Connection
Method.
2.
3.
Press Add a Device.
Follow the onscreen instructions and remove the USB cable when prompted.
Change from a USB connection to a wireless connection (Mac OS X)
1. Click the HP Device Manager icon on the Dock or in the Hewlett Packard folder in the
Applications folder.
2. From the Information and Settings list, select Network Printer Setup Utility.
3.
Follow the onscreen instructions to configure the network settings.
Change from an Ethernet connection to a wireless connection
NOTE: For Ethernet-enabled HP devices only.
1.
Open the embedded Web server (EWS). For more information, see Embedded Web server
(some models only).
2.
Click the Networking tab, and then click Wireless (802.11) in the left pane.
3.
On the Wireless Setup tab, press Start Wizard.
4.
Follow the onscreen instructions to change from an Ethernet connection to a wireless
connection.
5.
After you finish changing the settings, disconnect the Ethernet cable.
Set up the device for wireless communication (some models only)
203
Appendix D
Guidelines for ensuring wireless network security
This section contains the following topics:
•
To add hardware addresses to a WAP
•
Other guidelines
To add hardware addresses to a WAP
MAC filtering is a security feature in which a WAP is configured with a list of MAC addresses (also
called "hardware addresses") of devices that are allowed to gain access to the network through the
WAP.
If the WAP does not have the hardware address of a device attempting to access the network, the
WAP denies the device access to the network.
If the WAP filters MAC addresses, then the device's MAC address must be added to the WAP's list
of accepted MAC addresses.
1.
Print the network configuration page. For information on the network configuration page, see
Understand the network configuration page (some models only).
2.
Open the WAP's configuration utility, and add the device's hardware address to the list of
accepted MAC addresses.
Other guidelines
To keep the wireless network secure, follow these guidelines:
•
Use a password with at least 20 random characters. You can use up to 63 characters in a WPA
password.
•
Avoid any common words or phrases, easy sequences of characters (such as all 1s), and
personally-identifiable information for passwords. Always use random strings composed of
uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, and if allowed, special characters such as
punctuation.
•
Change the password periodically.
•
Change the default password provided by the manufacturer for administrator access to the
access point or wireless router. Some routers let you change the administrator name as well.
•
Turn off administrative access over wireless if possible. If you do this, you need to connect to
the router with a wired Ethernet connection when you want to make configuration changes.
•
Turn off remote administrative access over the Internet on your router, if possible. You can use
Remote Desktop to make an encrypted connection to a computer running behind your router
and make configuration changes from the local computer you are accessing over the Internet.
•
To avoid accidentally connecting to another party's wireless network, turn off the setting to
automatically connect to non-preferred networks. This is disabled by default in Windows XP.
Guidelines for reducing interference on a wireless network
The following tips will help reduce the chances for interference in a wireless network:
•
Keep the wireless devices away from large metal objects, such as filing cabinets, and other
electromagnetic devices, such as microwaves and cordless telephones, as these objects can
disrupt radio signals.
•
Keep the wireless devices away from large masonry structures and other building structures as
these objects can absorb radio waves and lower signal strength.
•
For an infrastructure network, position the WAP in a central location in line of sight with the
wireless devices on the network.
•
Keep all wireless devices on the network within range of one another.
Uninstall and reinstall the software
If your installation is incomplete, or if you connected the USB cable to the computer before prompted
by the software installation screen, you might need to uninstall and then reinstall the software. Do
204
Network setup (some models only)
not simply delete the device application files from your computer. Make sure to remove them properly
using the uninstall utility provided when you installed the software that came with the device.
There are three methods to uninstall the software on a Windows computer, and one method to
uninstall on a Macintosh computer.
To uninstall from a Windows computer, method 1
1. Disconnect the device from your computer. Do not connect it to your computer until after you
have reinstalled the software.
2. On the Windows taskbar, click Start, select Programs or All Programs, select the product
name, and then click Uninstall.
3.
Follow the onscreen instructions.
4.
If you are asked whether you would like to remove shared files, click No.
Other programs that use these files might not work properly if the files are deleted.
Restart your computer.
5.
6.
To reinstall the software, insert the HP Software CD into your computer's CD drive, follow the
onscreen instructions.
7.
Connect the device when the software prompts you to connect it to the computer.
8.
Press the Power button to turn the device on.
After connecting and turning on the device, you might have to wait several minutes for all of the
Plug and Play events to complete.
9.
Follow the onscreen instructions.
When the software installation is complete, the HP Digital Imaging Monitor icon appears in the
Windows system tray.
To uninstall from a Windows computer, method 2
NOTE: Use this method if Uninstall is not available in the Windows Start menu.
1.
On the Windows taskbar, click Start, select Settings, select Control Panel, and then click Add/
Remove Programs.
- Or Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Programs and Features.
2.
Select the product name, and then click Change/Remove or Uninstall/Change.
Follow the onscreen instructions.
3.
4.
Disconnect the device from your computer.
Restart your computer.
NOTE: It is important that you disconnect the device before restarting your computer. Do
not connect the device to your computer until after you have reinstalled the software.
5.
Insert the HP Software CD into your computer's CD drive and then start the Setup program.
6.
Follow the onscreen instructions.
To uninstall from a Windows computer, method 3
NOTE: Use this method if Uninstall is not available in the Windows Start menu.
1.
Insert the HP Software CD into your computer's CD drive, and then start the Setup program.
2.
Disconnect the device from your computer.
3.
Select Uninstall and follow the onscreen directions.
Uninstall and reinstall the software
205
Appendix D
4.
Restart your computer.
NOTE: It is important that you disconnect the device before restarting your computer. Do
not connect the device to your computer until after you have reinstalled the software.
5.
Start the Setup program for the device again.
6.
Select Install.
7.
Follow the onscreen instructions.
To uninstall from a Macintosh computer, method 1
1. Launch the HP Utility. For instructions, see Open the HP Utility.
2.
Click the Application icon on the toolbar.
3.
Double click HP Uninstaller.
Follow the onscreen instructions.
4.
5.
After the software is uninstalled, restart your computer.
To reinstall the software, insert the HP Software CD into your computer's CD drive.
6.
On the desktop, open the CD, and then double-click HP Installer.
7.
Follow the onscreen instructions.
To uninstall from a Macintosh computer, method 2
1. Open the Finder.
206
2.
Double-click Applications.
3.
Double-click HP Uninstaller.
4.
Select your device, and then double-click Uninstall.
Network setup (some models only)
E
Device management tools
This section contains the following topics:
•
•
•
•
Toolbox (Windows)
Use the HP Solution Center (Windows)
HP Utility (Mac OS X)
Embedded Web server (some models only)
Toolbox (Windows)
The Toolbox provides maintenance information about the device.
NOTE: The Toolbox can be installed from the HP Software CD by selecting the full installation
option if the computer meets the system requirements.
Open the Toolbox
•
•
•
From the HP Solution Center, click the Settings menu, point to Print Settings, and then click
Printer Toolbox.
Right-click the HP Digital Imaging Monitor in the taskbar, point to Printer Model Name and then
click Display Printer Toolbox.
From the printer preferences, click the Features tab, and then click Printer Services.
Network Toolbox (some models only)
The Network Toolbox allows you to view and change some network settings. You can change the
IP address, perform tests, and print reports.
NOTE: The Network Toolbox is only available if you have connected the product using a wired
(Ethernet) network.
To open the Network Toolbox
1. Open the Toolbox
2.
Click the Network Settings tab.
3.
Click the Change Settings... button.
Use the HP Solution Center (Windows)
On a Windows computer, the HP Solution Center is the entry point for the HP software. Use the
HP Solution Center to change print settings, order supplies, and access the onscreen Help.
The features available in the HP Solution Center vary depending on the devices you have installed.
The HP Solution Center is customized to show icons that are associated with the selected device.
If the selected device is not equipped with a particular feature, then the icon for that feature does
not appear in the HP Solution Center.
Open the Solution Center using one of these methods:
Double-click the Solution Center icon in the desktop.
- Or Double-click the Digital Imaging Monitor icon in the taskbar.
HP Utility (Mac OS X)
The HP Utility contains tools to configure print settings, calibrate the device, order supplies online,
and find Web site support information.
Device management tools
207
Appendix E
NOTE: On a Macintosh computer, the features available in the HP Utility vary depending on
the selected device.
Ink level warnings and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only. When you
receive an ink alert message, consider having a replacement cartridge available to avoid
possible printing delays. You do not need to replace cartridges until print quality becomes
unacceptable.
TIP: When the HP Utility is opened, you can gain access to the Dock menu shortcuts by
selecting and holding the mouse button over the appropriate icon for the HP Utility in the Dock.
Open the HP Utility
To open the HP Utility
▲ Click the HP Utility icon in the Dock.
NOTE: If the icon does not appear in the Dock, click the Spotlight icon on the right side of
the menu bar, type HP Utility in the box, and then click the HP Utility entry.
Embedded Web server (some models only)
When the device is connected to a network, you can use the embedded Web server to view status
information, change settings, and manage it from your computer.
NOTE: For a list of system requirements for the embedded Web server, see Embedded Web
server specifications (some models only).
Some settings might be restricted by the requirement for a password.
You can open and use the embedded Web server without being connected to the Internet;
however, some features will not be available.
The embedded Web server (EWS) places very small text files (cookies) on your hard drive when
you are browsing. These files let the EWS recognize your computer the next time you visit. For
example, if you have configured the EWS language, a cookie helps remember which language you
have selected so that the next time you access the EWS, the pages are displayed in that language.
Though some cookies are cleared at the end of each session (such as the cookie that stores the
selected language), others (such as the cookie that stores customer-specific preferences) are stored
on the computer until you clear them manually.
You can configure your browser to accept all cookies, or you can configure it to alert you every time
a cookie is offered, which allows you to decide which cookies to accept or refuse. You can also use
your browser to remove unwanted cookies.
NOTE: Depending on your device, if you chose to disable cookies, you will disable one or more
of the following features:
•
Automatically refreshing the existing page
•
Starting where you left the application (especially useful when using setup wizards)
•
•
Preventing other users from modifying the same settings while you are making changes
Remembering the EWS browser language setting
For information about how to change your privacy and cookie settings and how to view or delete
cookies, see the documentation available with your Web browser.
To open the embedded Web server
NOTE: The device must be on a network and must have an IP address.
208
Device management tools
You can open the embedded Web server by using these methods:
•
Web browser: In a supported Web browser on your computer, type the IP address or hostname
that has been assigned to the device.
For example, if the IP address is 123.123.123.123, type the following address into the Web
browser: http://123.123.123.123.
The IP address and hostname for the device are listed on the status report. For more information,
see Understand the network configuration page (some models only).
After opening the embedded Web server, you can bookmark it so that you can return to it quickly.
•
Windows taskbar: Right-click the HP Digital Imaging Monitor icon, point to the device you wish
to view, and then click Network Settings (EWS).
•
Windows Vista: In the Network list of devices, right-click the device icon and then select View
device webpage.
Embedded Web server (some models only)
209
F
Errors (Windows)
This list represents some of the errors you might see on your computer screen (Windows) and how
to fix the errors.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Fax Memory Full
Device Disconnected
Ink Alert
Cartridge Problem
Paper Mismatch
The cartridge cradle cannot move
Paper Jam
Paper Jam
The printer is out of paper
Printer Offline
Printer Paused
Document failed to print
General printer error
Align cartridge
Fax Memory Full
If Backup Fax Reception or HP Digital Fax (Fax to PC or Fax to Mac) is enabled and the product
has a problem (such as a paper jam), the product saves incoming faxes to memory until the problem
is resolved. However, the product’s memory might fill up with faxes that have not been printed yet
or transferred to the computer.
To solve this problem, resolve any problems with the product.
For more information, see Solve fax problems.
Device Disconnected
The computer cannot communicate with the product because one of the following events has
occurred:
•
The product has been turned off.
•
The cable connecting the product - such as a USB cable or a network (Ethernet) cable - has
been disconnected.
•
If the product is connected to a wireless network, the wireless connection has been broken.
To solve this problem, try the following solutions:
•
Make sure the product is turned on and that the
Make sure the power cord and other cables are working and are firmly connected to the product.
•
Make sure the power cord is connected firmly to a functioning, alternating current (AC) power
outlet.
If the product is connected to a network, make sure the network is functioning properly. For more
information, see Solve wired (Ethernet) network problems (some models only).
•
•
If the product is connected to a wireless network, make sure the wireless network is functioning
properly. For more information, see Solve wireless problems (some models only).
Ink Alert
The ink cartridge identified in the message is low on ink.
210
(Power) light is on.
•
Errors (Windows)
Ink level warnings and indicators provide estimates for planning purposes only. When you receive
a low-ink warning message, consider having a replacement cartridge available to avoid possible
printing delays. You do not need to replace the ink cartridges until print quality becomes
unacceptable.
For information about replacing ink cartridges, see Replace the ink cartridges.
For information about ordering ink cartridges, see HP supplies and accessories.
For information about recycling used ink supplies, see HP inkjet supplies recycling program.
NOTE: Ink from the cartridges is used in the printing process in a number of different ways,
including in the initialization process, which prepares the device and cartridges for printing. In
addition, some residual ink is left in the cartridge after it is used. For more information see
www.hp.com/go/inkusage.
Cartridge Problem
The ink cartridge identified in the message is missing, damaged, or inserted into the wrong slot in
the product.
To solve this problem, try the following solutions. Solutions are listed in order, with the most likely
solution first. If the first solution does not solve the problem, continue trying the remaining solutions
until the issue is resolved.
Choose your error
•
Solution 1: Install the ink cartridges correctly
•
Solution 2: Turn the product off and on
•
Solution 3: Clean the electrical contacts
•
Solution 4: Replace the ink cartridge
Solution 1: Install the ink cartridges correctly
Make sure all of the ink cartridges are properly installed:
1.
Make sure the product is turned on.
CAUTION: If the product is turned off when you open the front access door to access the
ink cartridges, the product cannot release the cartridges for changing. You might damage
the product if the ink cartridges are not docked safely when you try to remove them.
2.
Open the front access door.
The print carriage moves to the far right side of the product.
Cartridge Problem
211
Appendix F
3.
Wait until the print carriage is idle and silent, and then lightly press down on the ink cartridge to
release it.
4.
Pull the ink cartridge toward you, out of its slot.
CAUTION: Do not touch the copper-colored contacts or ink nozzles. Doing so can result
in clogs, ink failure, and bad electrical connections.
5.
Hold the ink cartridge with the HP logo on top, and reinsert the ink cartridge. Make sure you
push the ink cartridge in firmly until it snaps into place.
6.
Close the front access door and check if the error message has gone away.
If the problem persists, try the next solution.
212
Errors (Windows)
Solution 2: Turn the product off and on
Turn off the product, and then turn it on again.
If the problem persists, try the next solution.
Solution 3: Clean the electrical contacts
Clean the electrical contacts on the ink cartridge. For more information, see Clean the ink cartridge
contacts.
If the problem persists, try the next solution.
Solution 4: Replace the ink cartridge
Replace the indicated ink cartridge. For more information, see HP supplies and accessories.
NOTE: If your cartridge is still under warranty, contact HP support for service or replacement.
For more information about ink cartridge warranty, see Ink cartridge warranty information.
If the problem persists after you replace the cartridge, contact HP support. For more information,
see HP support.
Paper Mismatch
The paper size or type selected in the printer driver does not match the paper loaded in the product.
To solve this problem, try one of the following:
•
Load the correct paper in the product, and then press OK. For more information, see Load media
•
Press the (Cancel) button on the product’s control panel, select a different paper size in the
printer driver, and then print the document again.
The cartridge cradle cannot move
Something is blocking the ink cartridge cradle (the part of the product that holds the ink cartridges).
(Power) button to turn off the product, and then check the
To clear the obstruction, press the
product for jams.
For more information, see Clear jams.
Paper Jam
Paper has become jammed in the product.
Before you try to clear the jam, check the following:
•
Make sure that you have loaded paper that meets specifications and is not wrinkled, folded, or
damaged. For more information, see Media specifications.
•
Make sure that the product is clean. For more information, see Maintain the device.
•
Make sure that the trays are loaded correctly and are not too full. For more information, see
Load media.
For instructions on clearing jams, as well as more information about how to avoid jams, see Clear
jams.
Paper Jam
Paper has become jammed in the automatic document feeder (ADF).
Paper Jam
213
Appendix F
Before you try to clear the jam, check the following:
•
Make sure that you have loaded paper that meets specifications and that is not wrinkled, folded,
or damaged. For more information, see Media specifications.
•
Make sure that the product is clean. For more information, see Maintain the device.
•
Make sure that the ADF is loaded correctly and is not too full. For more information, see Load
an original in the automatic document feeder (ADF).
NOTE: Do not load photos in the ADF; this might cause damage to your photos.
For instructions on clearing jams, as well as more information about how to avoid jams, see Clear
jams.
The printer is out of paper
The default tray is empty. Load more paper, and then press OK.
For more information, see Load media.
Printer Offline
The product is currently offline. While offline, the product cannot be used.
To change the product's status, complete the following steps.
1.
2.
Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes.
- Or Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Printers.
If the printers listed in the dialog box are not being displayed in Details view, click the View
menu, and then click Details.
3.
If the product is Offline, right-click the product, and click Use Printer Online.
4.
Try using the product again.
Printer Paused
The product is currently paused. While paused, new jobs are added to the queue but are not printed.
To change the product's status, complete the following steps.
1.
Click Start, point to Settings, and then click Printers or Printers and Faxes.
- Or Click Start, click Control Panel, and then double-click Printers.
2.
If the printers listed in the dialog box are not being displayed in Details view, click the View
menu, and then click Details.
3.
If the product is Paused, right-click the product, and click Resume Printing.
4.
Try using the product again.
Document failed to print
The product could not print the document because a problem occurred in the printing system.
For information about solving printing problems, see Solve printing problems.
General printer error
There was a problem with the product.
214
Errors (Windows)
Usually, you can resolve such problems by completing the following steps:
1.
2.
3.
Press the
(Power) button to turn off the product.
Unplug the power cord, and then plug in the power cord again.
Press the
(Power) button to turn on the product.
If this problem persists, write down the error code provided in the message, and then contact HP
support. For more information about contacting HP support, see HP support.
Align cartridge
The product prompts you to align ink cartridges every time you install or replace an ink cartridge.
You can also align the ink cartridges at any time from the product’s control panel or by using the HP
software installed with the product. Aligning the ink cartridges ensures high-quality output.
NOTE: When you remove and reinstall the same ink cartridge, the product remembers the
alignment values for that ink cartridge and does not prompt you to align the ink cartridge.
If the alignment process fails, make sure you have loaded unused, plain white paper into the input
tray. If you have colored paper loaded in the input tray when you align the ink cartridges, the
alignment will fail.
If the alignment process fails repeatedly, you might have a defective sensor or ink cartridge. Contact
HP support. Go to www.hp.com/support. If prompted, choose your country/region, and then click
Contact HP for information on calling for technical support.
For more information, see Align the ink cartridges.
Align cartridge
215
Index
Symbols/Numerics
(ADF) automatic document
feeder
clean 22
feeding problems,
troubleshoot 22
A
accessibility 3, 9
accessories
Printer Status Report 125
Self-Test Report 125
warranty 131
acoustic emissions 141
ADF (automatic document
feeder)
capacity 19
load originals 18
ADSL, fax setup with
parallel phone systems 179
after the support period 74
align ink cartridges 66
answer ring pattern
change 53
parallel phone systems 180
answering machine
fax tones recorded 111
set up with fax (parallel
phone systems) 189
set up with fax and
modem 190
automatic document feeder
(ADF)
capacity 19
clean 22
feeding problems,
troubleshoot 22
load originals 18
automatic fax reduction 48
available 122
B
Back button 12
backup fax 45
baud rate 54
216
black and white pages
copy 37
fax 39
black dots or streaks,
troubleshoot
copies 96
scan 100
blank pages, troubleshoot
copy 94
print 76
scan 100
blocked fax numbers
set up 48
broadcast faxing
send 43
buttons, control panel 12
C
cancel
scheduled fax 43
Cancel button 12
capacity
ADF 19
tray 137
cards
sizes supported 136
tray supporting 137
clean
automatic document
feeder 22
exterior 22
ink cartridge contacts 90
ink cartridge ink nozzle
area 91
ink cartridges 68
scanner glass 21
clear
fax logs 58
color copy 37
colored text, and OCR 36
computer modem
shared with fax (parallel
phone systems) 183
shared with fax and
answering machine
(parallel phone
systems) 190
shared with fax and voice
line (parallel phone
systems) 186
shared with fax and voice
mail (parallel phone
systems) 194
Configure
firewall 119
confirmation reports, fax 56
connection type
change 203
connectors, locating 11
control panel
buttons 12
lights 12
messages 14
copy
quality 95
settings 37
specifications 139
troubleshoot 94
Copy B&W function
indicator 13
Copy Color function
indicator 13
copy settings
copy 38
correct port test, fax 103
critical error messages 15
custom-sized media
sizes supported 137
custom-sized paper
Mac OS 32
print on 31
customer support
electronic 71
cut-off pages, troubleshoot 77
D
dark images, troubleshoot
copies 95
scans 100
Declaration of Conformity
(DOC) 150
Index
default settings
copy 38
deleting faxes from memory 46
device control panel
locating 10
network settings 198
scan from 35
send faxes 40
dial tone test, failure 104
dial type, setting 54
dial-up modem
shared with fax (parallel
phone systems) 183
shared with fax and
answering machine
(parallel phone sy
anstems) 190
shared with fax and voice
line (parallel phone
systems) 186
shared with fax and voice
mail (parallel phone
systems) 194
distinctive ringing
change 53
parallel phone systems 180
DOC 150
dots or streaks, troubleshoot
copies 96
dots, troubleshoot
scan 100
driver
warranty 131
DSL, fax setup with
parallel phone systems 179
duty cycle 133
E
ECM. See error correction mode
edit
text in OCR program 36
electrical specifications 141
embedded Web server
about 208
opening 208
system requirements 135
troubleshoot, cannot be
opened 121
envelopes
sizes supported 136
tray supporting 137
environmental
specifications 141
environmental sustainability
program 152
error correction mode 43
error messages
device control panel 14
unable to activate TWAIN
source 99
error reports, fax 57
error-correction mode, fax 53
event log 125
EWS. See embedded Web
server
F
faded copies 95
faded stripes on copies,
troubleshoot 95
fax
answer mode 52
answering machine and
modem, shared with
(parallel phone
systems) 190
answering machine
troubleshoot 111
answering machine, set up
(parallel phone
systems) 189
auto answer 52
backup fax 45
blocking numbers 48
confirmation reports 56
deleting from memory 46
dial tone test, failed 104
dial type, setting 54
distinctive ringing setup
(parallel phone
systems) 180
distinctive ringing, change
pattern 53
DSL, set up (parallel phone
systems) 179
error correction mode 43
error reports 57
error-correction mode 53
Fax to Mac 50
Fax to PC 50
forwarding 47
header 52
Internet Protocol, over 55
ISDN line, set up (parallel
phone systems) 180
line condition test,
failed 105
log, clear 58
log, print 57
manual receive 44
modem and answering
machine, shared with
(parallel phone
systems) 190
modem and voice line,
shared with (parallel
phone systems) 186
modem and voice mail,
shared with (parallel
phone systems) 194
modem, shared with (parallel
phone systems) 183
monitor dialing 41, 43
paper size 47
parallel phone systems 175
PBX system, set up (parallel
phone systems) 180
phone cord connection test,
failed 103
phone cord too short 111
phone cord type test,
failed 103
poll to receive 46
print last transaction
details 58
receive 44
receive, troubleshoot 106,
109
redial options 54
reduction 48
reports 56
reprint 46
rings to answer 52
schedule 42
send 39
send, troubleshoot 106, 108,
111
separate line setup (parallel
phone systems) 178
settings, change 51
setup types 176
shared phone line setup
(parallel phone
systems) 181
sound volume 55
specifications 140
speed 54
test failed 101
217
test setup 197
troubleshoot 100
voice mail, set up (parallel
phone systems) 182
wall jack test, failed 102
Fax B&W function indicator 13
Fax Color function indicator 13
Fax to Mac
activate 50
modify 50
Fax to PC
activate 50
modify 50
Firewall
configure 119
firewalls, troubleshoot 76
FoIP 55
forwarding faxes 47
G
glass, scanner
clean 21
load originals 18
locating 10
grainy or white bands on copies,
troubleshoot 96
graphics
incompletely filled on
copies 96
look different from original
scan 99
H
hardware, fax setup test 101
header, fax 52
Help button 12
Hewlett-Packard Company
notices 3
HP Solution Center 207
HP Utility (Mac OS X)
opening 207
humidity specifications 141
I
ink cartridge door, locating 11
ink cartridge latch, locating 11
ink cartridges
align 66
check ink levels 61
clean 68
clean contacts 90
clean ink nozzle area 91
218
handle 62
locating 11
order online 173
part names 62
replace 62
supported 133, 173
test 125
tips 60
warranty 131
yields 133
ink levels, check 61
installation
troubleshoot 122
Internet Protocol
fax, using 55
IP address
checking for device 122
IP settings 199
ISDN line, set up with fax
parallel phone systems 180
J
jams
clear 127
media to avoid 17
paper 127, 128
junk fax mode 48
K
keypad, device control panel
locating 12
L
language, printer 133
left navigation button 12
light images, troubleshoot
copies 95
scans 100
lights, control panel 12
line condition test, fax 105
lines
copies, troubleshoot 95
scans, troubleshoot 99, 100
link speed, setting 199
load
tray 20
load media 20
log, fax
print 57
M
Mac OS
custom-sized paper 32
Print borderless 33
Print photos 30
print settings 26
two-sided 34
Mac OS X
HP Utility 207
uninstall software 206
wireless communication
setup 202
main tray
media supported 138
maintenance
align ink cartridges 66
check ink levels 61
clean ink cartridges 68
replace ink cartridges 62
manual faxing
receive 44
send 40, 41
margins
setting, specifications 138
media
ADF capacity 19
clear jams 127
HP, order 174
load tray 19
print on custom-sized 31
selecting 17
skewed pages 93
specifications 135
supported sizes 135
troubleshoot feeding 93
types and weights
supported 137
memory
deleting faxes 46
reprint faxes 46
save faxes 45
missing or incorrect information,
troubleshoot 77
model number 125
modem
shared with fax (parallel
phone systems) 183
shared with fax and
answering machine
(parallel phone
systems) 190
Index
shared with fax and voice
line (parallel phone
systems) 186
shared with fax and voice
mail (parallel phone
systems) 194
monitor dialing 41, 43
multi-feeds, troubleshoot 93
N
network port
address 113
networks
advanced settings 198
connector illustration 11
firewalls, troubleshoot 76
IP settings 199
link speed 199
operating systems
supported 134
protocols supported 135
settings, change 198
system requirements 135
view and printsettings 198
wireless communication
setup 200
wireless settings 126, 200
noise information 141
O
OCR
edit scanned documents 36
troubleshoot 98
OK button 12
On button 13
operating environment
specifications 141
operating systems
supported 134
originals
scan 35
output tray
locating 10
P
pages per month (duty
cycle) 133
paper
jams 127, 128
size, set for fax 47
paper-feed problems,
troubleshoot 92
parallel phone systems
answering machine
setup 189
countries/regions with 175
distinctive ringing setup 180
DSL setup 179
ISDN setup 180
modem and answering
machine setup 190
modem and voice mail
setup 194
modem setup 183
modem shared with voice
line setup 186
PBX setup 180
separate line setup 178
setup types 176
shared line setup 181
PBX system, set up with fax
parallel phone systems 180
PCL 3 support 133
phone cord
connected to correct port
test failed 103
correct type test failed 103
extend 111
phone line, answer ring
pattern 53
phone support 71
phone support period
period for support 72
phone, fax from
receive 44
send, 40
photo media
sizes supported 136
poll to receive fax 46
ports, specifications 133
power
specifications 141
troubleshoot 75
power input, locating 11
power on button 13
print
fax logs 57
fax reports 56
faxes 46
last fax details 58
Printer Status Report 125
slow 76
troubleshoot 75
Print borderless
Mac OS 33
Windows 33
Print brochures
print 27
print driver
warranty 131
Print envelope 27
Print envelopes
Mac OS 28
Print photos
Mac OS 30
Windows 29, 31
print quality
troubleshoot 78
print-carriage access door,
locating 11
printer driver
warranty 131
Printer Status Report
information on 124
print 125
processor specifications 133
product control panel
scan 35
pulse dialing 54
Q
quality, troubleshoot
copy 95
print 78
scan 99
R
radio interference
reducing 204
regulatory information 147
radio, turn off 198
rear access panel
clear jams 127
illustration 11
receive faxes
auto answer mode 52
automatically 44
blocking numbers 48
forwarding 47
manually 44
polling 46
rings to answer 52
troubleshoot 106, 109
recycle
print cartridges 152
219
redial options, setting 54
reduce fax 48
regulatory information 142, 147
regulatory model number 149
replace ink cartridges 62
report
wireless test 203
reports
confirmation, fax 56
error, fax 57
fax test failed 101
reprint
faxes from memory 46
right navigation button 12
rings to answer 52
S
save
faxes in memory 45
scan
error messages 99
from device control
panel 35
OCR 36
quality 99
scan specifications 141
send to a computer 35
slow 97
troubleshoot 96
Scan function indicator 13
scanner glass
clean 21
load originals 18
locating 10
schedule fax 42
security
wireless
communication 204
wireless settings 201
send faxes
basic fax 39
manually 40
memory, from 42
monitor dialing 41, 43
schedule 42
troubleshoot 106, 108, 111
send scans
for OCR 36
to a computer 35
troubleshoot 96
serial number 125
220
serial phone systems
countries/regions with 175
setup types 176
settings
copy 37
network 198
speed, fax 54
volume, fax 55
setup
answering machine (parallel
phone systems) 189
answering machine and
modem (parallel phone
systems) 190
computer modem (parallel
phone systems) 183
computer modem and
answering machine
(parallel phone
systems) 190
computer modem and voice
line (parallel phone
systems) 186
computer modem and voice
mail (parallel phone
systems) 194
distinctive ringing 53
distinctive ringing (parallel
phone systems) 180
DSL (parallel phone
systems) 179
fax scenarios 176
fax, with parallel phone
systems 175
ISDN line (parallel phone
systems) 180
PBX system (parallel phone
systems) 180
separate fax line (parallel
phone systems) 178
shared phone line (parallel
phone systems) 181
test fax 197
voice mail (parallel phone
systems) 182
voice mail and computer
modem (parallel phone
systems) 194
Setup button 12
size
scans, troubleshoot 100
troubleshoot copy 95
skew, troubleshoot
copy 96
print 93
scan 99
slow print, troubleshoot 76
software
OCR 36
uninstall from Mac OS
X 206
uninstall from Windows 205
warranty 131
Solution Center 207
sound pressure 141
specifications
acoustic emissions 141
electrical 141
media 135
network protocols 135
operating environment 141
physical 133
processor and memory 133
storage environment 141
system requirements 134
speed
troubleshoot for scanner 97
troubleshoot print 76
speed dial
send fax 39
Start button 12
status
messages 14
network configuration
page 126
Printer Status Report 125
Self-Test Report 125
storage environment
specifications 141
streaks, troubleshoot
copies 96
scan 100
stripes on scans,
troubleshoot 99
subscriber identification
code 52
supplies
order online 173
Printer Status Report 125
Self-Test Report 125
yields 133
support 70
system requirements 134
Index
T
technical information
copy specifications 139
fax specifications 140
scan specifications 141
telephone line, answer ring
pattern 53
telephone wall jack, fax 102
telephone, fax from
receive 44
send 40
temperature specifications 141
tests, fax
dial tone, failed 104
failed 101
fax line condition 105
fax phone cord type test
failed 103
hardware, failed 101
port connection, failed 103
setup 197
telephone wall jack 102
text
cannot be edited after scan,
troubleshoot 98
incompletely filled on
copies 96
missing from scan,
troubleshoot 98
splotchy on copies 96
troubleshoot 77
unclear on copies,
troubleshoot 96
unclear scans 100
tone dialing 54
Toolbox (Windows)
about 207
opening 207
tray
capacity 137
media sizes supported 135
media types and weights
supported 137
trays
capacities 137
clear jams 127
load media 19
locating 10
media sizes supported 135
paper guides illustration 10
troubleshoot feeding 93
troubleshoot
answering machines 111
blank pages printed 76
control-panel messages 14
copy 94
copy quality 95
cut-off pages, incorrect text
or graphics placement 77
embedded Web server 121
fax 100
fax dial tone test failed 104
fax hardware test failed 101
fax line test failed 105
fax phone cord connection
test failed 103
fax phone cord type test
failed 103
fax tests 101
fax wall jack test, failed 102
firewalls 76
installation 122
jams, paper 128
media not picked up from
tray 93
missing or incorrect
information 77
multiple pages are
picked 93
network configuration
page 126
nothing prints 75
paper-feed problems 92
power 75
print 75
print quality 78
Printer Status Report 124
receive faxes 106, 109
scan 96
scan quality 99
send faxes 106, 108, 111
skewed copies 96
skewed pages 93
slow print 76
tips 74
troubleshooting
general network
troubleshooting 113
wired network 113
wireless problems 114
TWAIN
unable to activate source 99
two-sided
Mac OS 34
Windows 34
U
uninstall software
Mac OS X 206
Windows 205
USB connection
port, locating 10, 11
specifications 133
V
vertical stripes on copies,
troubleshoot 95
view
network settings 198
voice mail
set up with fax (parallel
phone systems) 182
set up with fax and computer
modem (parallel phone
systems) 194
voltage specifications 141
volume
fax sounds 55
W
wall jack test, fax 102
warning messages 14
warranty 131
Web page
print 28
Web sites
accessibility information 3, 9
customer support 71
environmental
programs 152
order supplies and
accessories 173
supply yield data sheet 133
wireless security 201
white bands or stripes,
troubleshoot
copies 95, 96
scans 99
Windows
borderless 33
HP Solution Center 207
print brochures 26
Print photos 29, 31
print settings 25
set up wireless
communication 202
system requirements 134
221
two-sided 34
uninstall software 205
wireless communication
advanced wireless
troubleshooting 114
basic wireless
troubleshooting 114
Ethernet setup 202
radio, turn off 198
reducing interference 204
regulatory information 147
security 204
set up 200
set up on Mac OS X 202
settings 200
turn off 203
wizard 201
wireless test report
print 203
222
© 2009 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
www.hp.com/support
Podręcznik użytkownika